Mercurial > vim
annotate src/screen.c @ 2595:bf9579ab26e5 v7.3.019
updated for version 7.3.019
Problem: ":nbstart" can fail silently.
Solution: Give an error when netbeans is not supported by the GUI. (Xavier
de Gaye)
| author | Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Thu, 30 Sep 2010 21:03:26 +0200 |
| parents | 37d3f90f5203 |
| children | a03f7551bacc |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
| 7 | 1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: |
| 2 * | |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * | |
| 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 8 */ | |
| 9 | |
| 10 /* | |
| 11 * screen.c: code for displaying on the screen | |
| 12 * | |
| 13 * Output to the screen (console, terminal emulator or GUI window) is minimized | |
| 14 * by remembering what is already on the screen, and only updating the parts | |
| 15 * that changed. | |
| 16 * | |
| 17 * ScreenLines[off] Contains a copy of the whole screen, as it is currently | |
| 18 * displayed (excluding text written by external commands). | |
| 19 * ScreenAttrs[off] Contains the associated attributes. | |
| 20 * LineOffset[row] Contains the offset into ScreenLines*[] and ScreenAttrs[] | |
| 21 * for each line. | |
| 22 * LineWraps[row] Flag for each line whether it wraps to the next line. | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * For double-byte characters, two consecutive bytes in ScreenLines[] can form | |
| 25 * one character which occupies two display cells. | |
| 26 * For UTF-8 a multi-byte character is converted to Unicode and stored in | |
| 27 * ScreenLinesUC[]. ScreenLines[] contains the first byte only. For an ASCII | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
28 * character without composing chars ScreenLinesUC[] will be 0 and |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
29 * ScreenLinesC[][] is not used. When the character occupies two display |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
30 * cells the next byte in ScreenLines[] is 0. |
| 714 | 31 * ScreenLinesC[][] contain up to 'maxcombine' composing characters |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
32 * (drawn on top of the first character). There is 0 after the last one used. |
| 7 | 33 * ScreenLines2[] is only used for euc-jp to store the second byte if the |
| 34 * first byte is 0x8e (single-width character). | |
| 35 * | |
| 36 * The screen_*() functions write to the screen and handle updating | |
| 37 * ScreenLines[]. | |
| 38 * | |
| 39 * update_screen() is the function that updates all windows and status lines. | |
| 40 * It is called form the main loop when must_redraw is non-zero. It may be | |
| 1213 | 41 * called from other places when an immediate screen update is needed. |
| 7 | 42 * |
| 43 * The part of the buffer that is displayed in a window is set with: | |
| 44 * - w_topline (first buffer line in window) | |
| 45 * - w_topfill (filler line above the first line) | |
| 46 * - w_leftcol (leftmost window cell in window), | |
| 47 * - w_skipcol (skipped window cells of first line) | |
| 48 * | |
| 49 * Commands that only move the cursor around in a window, do not need to take | |
| 50 * action to update the display. The main loop will check if w_topline is | |
| 51 * valid and update it (scroll the window) when needed. | |
| 52 * | |
| 53 * Commands that scroll a window change w_topline and must call | |
| 54 * check_cursor() to move the cursor into the visible part of the window, and | |
| 55 * call redraw_later(VALID) to have the window displayed by update_screen() | |
| 56 * later. | |
| 57 * | |
| 58 * Commands that change text in the buffer must call changed_bytes() or | |
| 59 * changed_lines() to mark the area that changed and will require updating | |
| 60 * later. The main loop will call update_screen(), which will update each | |
| 61 * window that shows the changed buffer. This assumes text above the change | |
| 62 * can remain displayed as it is. Text after the change may need updating for | |
| 63 * scrolling, folding and syntax highlighting. | |
| 64 * | |
| 65 * Commands that change how a window is displayed (e.g., setting 'list') or | |
| 66 * invalidate the contents of a window in another way (e.g., change fold | |
| 67 * settings), must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID) to have the whole window | |
| 68 * redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 69 * | |
| 70 * Commands that change how a buffer is displayed (e.g., setting 'tabstop') | |
| 71 * must call redraw_curbuf_later(NOT_VALID) to have all the windows for the | |
| 72 * buffer redisplayed by update_screen() later. | |
| 73 * | |
| 743 | 74 * Commands that change highlighting and possibly cause a scroll too must call |
| 75 * redraw_later(SOME_VALID) to update the whole window but still use scrolling | |
| 76 * to avoid redrawing everything. But the length of displayed lines must not | |
| 77 * change, use NOT_VALID then. | |
| 78 * | |
| 7 | 79 * Commands that move the window position must call redraw_later(NOT_VALID). |
| 80 * TODO: should minimize redrawing by scrolling when possible. | |
| 81 * | |
| 82 * Commands that change everything (e.g., resizing the screen) must call | |
| 83 * redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID) or redraw_all_later(CLEAR). | |
| 84 * | |
| 85 * Things that are handled indirectly: | |
| 86 * - When messages scroll the screen up, msg_scrolled will be set and | |
| 87 * update_screen() called to redraw. | |
| 88 */ | |
| 89 | |
| 90 #include "vim.h" | |
| 91 | |
| 92 /* | |
| 93 * The attributes that are actually active for writing to the screen. | |
| 94 */ | |
| 95 static int screen_attr = 0; | |
| 96 | |
| 97 /* | |
| 98 * Positioning the cursor is reduced by remembering the last position. | |
| 99 * Mostly used by windgoto() and screen_char(). | |
| 100 */ | |
| 101 static int screen_cur_row, screen_cur_col; /* last known cursor position */ | |
| 102 | |
| 103 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 104 static match_T search_hl; /* used for 'hlsearch' highlight matching */ | |
| 105 #endif | |
| 106 | |
| 107 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 108 static foldinfo_T win_foldinfo; /* info for 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 109 #endif | |
| 110 | |
| 111 /* | |
| 112 * Buffer for one screen line (characters and attributes). | |
| 113 */ | |
| 114 static schar_T *current_ScreenLine; | |
| 115 | |
| 116 static void win_update __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 534 | 117 static void win_draw_end __ARGS((win_T *wp, int c1, int c2, int row, int endrow, hlf_T hl)); |
| 7 | 118 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 119 static void fold_line __ARGS((win_T *wp, long fold_count, foldinfo_T *foldinfo, linenr_T lnum, int row)); | |
| 120 static void fill_foldcolumn __ARGS((char_u *p, win_T *wp, int closed, linenr_T lnum)); | |
| 121 static void copy_text_attr __ARGS((int off, char_u *buf, int len, int attr)); | |
| 122 #endif | |
| 625 | 123 static int win_line __ARGS((win_T *, linenr_T, int, int, int nochange)); |
| 7 | 124 static int char_needs_redraw __ARGS((int off_from, int off_to, int cols)); |
| 125 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 126 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width, int rlflag)); | |
| 127 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c), (rl)) | |
| 128 #else | |
| 129 static void screen_line __ARGS((int row, int coloff, int endcol, int clear_width)); | |
| 130 # define SCREEN_LINE(r, o, e, c, rl) screen_line((r), (o), (e), (c)) | |
| 131 #endif | |
| 132 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 133 static void draw_vsep_win __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row)); | |
| 134 #endif | |
| 680 | 135 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 1983 | 136 static void redraw_custom_statusline __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 680 | 137 #endif |
| 7 | 138 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 1326 | 139 #define SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY 0 |
| 7 | 140 static void start_search_hl __ARGS((void)); |
| 141 static void end_search_hl __ARGS((void)); | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
142 static void init_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp)); |
| 7 | 143 static void prepare_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum)); |
| 144 static void next_search_hl __ARGS((win_T *win, match_T *shl, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T mincol)); | |
| 145 #endif | |
| 146 static void screen_start_highlight __ARGS((int attr)); | |
| 147 static void screen_char __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 148 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 149 static void screen_char_2 __ARGS((unsigned off, int row, int col)); | |
| 150 #endif | |
| 151 static void screenclear2 __ARGS((void)); | |
| 152 static void lineclear __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 153 static void lineinvalid __ARGS((unsigned off, int width)); | |
| 154 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 155 static void linecopy __ARGS((int to, int from, win_T *wp)); | |
| 156 static void redraw_block __ARGS((int row, int end, win_T *wp)); | |
| 157 #endif | |
| 158 static int win_do_lines __ARGS((win_T *wp, int row, int line_count, int mayclear, int del)); | |
| 159 static void win_rest_invalid __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 160 static void msg_pos_mode __ARGS((void)); | |
| 667 | 161 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 677 | 162 static void draw_tabline __ARGS((void)); |
| 667 | 163 #endif |
| 7 | 164 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 165 static int fillchar_status __ARGS((int *attr, int is_curwin)); | |
| 166 #endif | |
| 167 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 168 static int fillchar_vsep __ARGS((int *attr)); | |
| 169 #endif | |
| 170 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 574 | 171 static void win_redr_custom __ARGS((win_T *wp, int draw_ruler)); |
| 7 | 172 #endif |
| 173 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 174 static void win_redr_ruler __ARGS((win_T *wp, int always)); | |
| 175 #endif | |
| 176 | |
| 177 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 178 /* Ugly global: overrule attribute used by screen_char() */ | |
| 179 static int screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 180 #endif | |
| 181 | |
| 182 /* | |
| 183 * Redraw the current window later, with update_screen(type). | |
| 184 * Set must_redraw only if not already set to a higher value. | |
| 185 * e.g. if must_redraw is CLEAR, type NOT_VALID will do nothing. | |
| 186 */ | |
| 187 void | |
| 188 redraw_later(type) | |
| 189 int type; | |
| 190 { | |
| 191 redraw_win_later(curwin, type); | |
| 192 } | |
| 193 | |
| 194 void | |
| 195 redraw_win_later(wp, type) | |
| 196 win_T *wp; | |
| 197 int type; | |
| 198 { | |
| 199 if (wp->w_redr_type < type) | |
| 200 { | |
| 201 wp->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 202 if (type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 203 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 204 if (must_redraw < type) /* must_redraw is the maximum of all windows */ | |
| 205 must_redraw = type; | |
| 206 } | |
| 207 } | |
| 208 | |
| 209 /* | |
| 210 * Force a complete redraw later. Also resets the highlighting. To be used | |
| 211 * after executing a shell command that messes up the screen. | |
| 212 */ | |
| 213 void | |
| 214 redraw_later_clear() | |
| 215 { | |
| 216 redraw_all_later(CLEAR); | |
| 826 | 217 #ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 218 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 219 /* Use a code that will reset gui.highlight_mask in | |
| 220 * gui_stop_highlight(). */ | |
| 221 screen_attr = HL_ALL + 1; | |
| 222 else | |
| 223 #endif | |
| 224 /* Use attributes that is very unlikely to appear in text. */ | |
| 225 screen_attr = HL_BOLD | HL_UNDERLINE | HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7 | 226 } |
| 227 | |
| 228 /* | |
| 229 * Mark all windows to be redrawn later. | |
| 230 */ | |
| 231 void | |
| 232 redraw_all_later(type) | |
| 233 int type; | |
| 234 { | |
| 235 win_T *wp; | |
| 236 | |
| 237 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 240 } | |
| 241 } | |
| 242 | |
| 243 /* | |
| 301 | 244 * Mark all windows that are editing the current buffer to be updated later. |
| 7 | 245 */ |
| 246 void | |
| 247 redraw_curbuf_later(type) | |
| 248 int type; | |
| 249 { | |
| 250 redraw_buf_later(curbuf, type); | |
| 251 } | |
| 252 | |
| 253 void | |
| 254 redraw_buf_later(buf, type) | |
| 255 buf_T *buf; | |
| 256 int type; | |
| 257 { | |
| 258 win_T *wp; | |
| 259 | |
| 260 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 261 { | |
| 262 if (wp->w_buffer == buf) | |
| 263 redraw_win_later(wp, type); | |
| 264 } | |
| 265 } | |
| 266 | |
| 267 /* | |
| 268 * Changed something in the current window, at buffer line "lnum", that | |
| 269 * requires that line and possibly other lines to be redrawn. | |
| 270 * Used when entering/leaving Insert mode with the cursor on a folded line. | |
| 271 * Used to remove the "$" from a change command. | |
| 272 * Note that when also inserting/deleting lines w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot | |
| 273 * may become invalid and the whole window will have to be redrawn. | |
| 274 */ | |
| 275 void | |
| 276 redrawWinline(lnum, invalid) | |
| 277 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 1883 | 278 int invalid UNUSED; /* window line height is invalid now */ |
| 7 | 279 { |
| 280 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 281 int i; | |
| 282 #endif | |
| 283 | |
| 284 if (curwin->w_redraw_top == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 285 curwin->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 286 if (curwin->w_redraw_bot == 0 || curwin->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 287 curwin->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 288 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 289 | |
| 290 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 291 if (invalid) | |
| 292 { | |
| 293 /* A w_lines[] entry for this lnum has become invalid. */ | |
| 294 i = find_wl_entry(curwin, lnum); | |
| 295 if (i >= 0) | |
| 296 curwin->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 297 } | |
| 298 #endif | |
| 299 } | |
| 300 | |
| 2255 | 301 #if defined(FEAT_RUBY) || defined(FEAT_PERL) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) || \ |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
302 (defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11)) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 303 /* |
| 304 * update all windows that are editing the current buffer | |
| 305 */ | |
| 306 void | |
| 307 update_curbuf(type) | |
| 308 int type; | |
| 309 { | |
| 310 redraw_curbuf_later(type); | |
| 311 update_screen(type); | |
| 312 } | |
|
2237
770485470e59
Add a few #ifdefs to exclude functions that are not used. (Domnique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2210
diff
changeset
|
313 #endif |
| 7 | 314 |
| 315 /* | |
| 316 * update_screen() | |
| 317 * | |
| 318 * Based on the current value of curwin->w_topline, transfer a screenfull | |
| 319 * of stuff from Filemem to ScreenLines[], and update curwin->w_botline. | |
| 320 */ | |
| 321 void | |
| 322 update_screen(type) | |
| 323 int type; | |
| 324 { | |
| 325 win_T *wp; | |
| 326 static int did_intro = FALSE; | |
| 327 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 328 int did_one; | |
| 329 #endif | |
| 330 | |
| 2008 | 331 /* Don't do anything if the screen structures are (not yet) valid. */ |
| 7 | 332 if (!screen_valid(TRUE)) |
| 333 return; | |
| 334 | |
| 335 if (must_redraw) | |
| 336 { | |
| 337 if (type < must_redraw) /* use maximal type */ | |
| 338 type = must_redraw; | |
| 1331 | 339 |
| 340 /* must_redraw is reset here, so that when we run into some weird | |
| 341 * reason to redraw while busy redrawing (e.g., asynchronous | |
| 342 * scrolling), or update_topline() in win_update() will cause a | |
| 343 * scroll, the screen will be redrawn later or in win_update(). */ | |
| 7 | 344 must_redraw = 0; |
| 345 } | |
| 346 | |
| 347 /* Need to update w_lines[]. */ | |
| 348 if (curwin->w_lines_valid == 0 && type < NOT_VALID) | |
| 349 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 350 | |
| 2008 | 351 /* Postpone the redrawing when it's not needed and when being called |
| 352 * recursively. */ | |
| 353 if (!redrawing() || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 354 { |
| 355 redraw_later(type); /* remember type for next time */ | |
| 356 must_redraw = type; | |
| 357 if (type > INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 358 curwin->w_lines_valid = 0; /* don't use w_lines[].wl_size now */ | |
| 359 return; | |
| 360 } | |
| 361 | |
| 362 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 363 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 364 ++display_tick; /* let syntax code know we're in a next round of | |
| 365 * display updating */ | |
| 366 #endif | |
| 367 | |
| 368 /* | |
| 369 * if the screen was scrolled up when displaying a message, scroll it down | |
| 370 */ | |
| 371 if (msg_scrolled) | |
| 372 { | |
| 373 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 374 if (msg_scrolled > Rows - 5) /* clearing is faster */ | |
| 375 type = CLEAR; | |
| 376 else if (type != CLEAR) | |
| 377 { | |
| 378 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 379 if (screen_ins_lines(0, 0, msg_scrolled, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 380 type = CLEAR; | |
| 381 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 382 { | |
| 383 if (W_WINROW(wp) < msg_scrolled) | |
| 384 { | |
| 385 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height > msg_scrolled | |
| 386 && wp->w_redr_type < REDRAW_TOP | |
| 387 && wp->w_lines_valid > 0 | |
| 388 && wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 389 { | |
| 390 wp->w_upd_rows = msg_scrolled - W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 391 wp->w_redr_type = REDRAW_TOP; | |
| 392 } | |
| 393 else | |
| 394 { | |
| 395 wp->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 396 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 397 if (W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp) | |
| 398 <= msg_scrolled) | |
| 399 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 400 #endif | |
| 401 } | |
| 402 } | |
| 403 } | |
| 404 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 667 | 405 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 406 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 667 | 407 #endif |
| 7 | 408 } |
| 409 msg_scrolled = 0; | |
| 410 need_wait_return = FALSE; | |
| 411 } | |
| 412 | |
| 413 /* reset cmdline_row now (may have been changed temporarily) */ | |
| 414 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 415 | |
| 416 /* Check for changed highlighting */ | |
| 417 if (need_highlight_changed) | |
| 418 highlight_changed(); | |
| 419 | |
| 420 if (type == CLEAR) /* first clear screen */ | |
| 421 { | |
| 422 screenclear(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 423 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 424 } | |
| 425 | |
| 426 if (clear_cmdline) /* going to clear cmdline (done below) */ | |
| 427 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 428 | |
| 13 | 429 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
430 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
431 * changes. */ |
| 13 | 432 if (curwin->w_redr_type < NOT_VALID |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
433 && curwin->w_nrwidth != ((curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
434 ? number_width(curwin) : 0)) |
| 13 | 435 curwin->w_redr_type = NOT_VALID; |
| 436 #endif | |
| 437 | |
| 7 | 438 /* |
| 439 * Only start redrawing if there is really something to do. | |
| 440 */ | |
| 441 if (type == INVERTED) | |
| 442 update_curswant(); | |
| 443 if (curwin->w_redr_type < type | |
| 444 && !((type == VALID | |
| 445 && curwin->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 446 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 447 && curwin->w_topfill == curwin->w_old_topfill | |
| 448 && curwin->w_botfill == curwin->w_old_botfill | |
| 449 #endif | |
| 450 && curwin->w_topline == curwin->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 451 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 452 || (type == INVERTED | |
| 1043 | 453 && VIsual_active |
| 7 | 454 && curwin->w_old_cursor_lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum |
| 455 && curwin->w_old_visual_mode == VIsual_mode | |
| 456 && (curwin->w_valid & VALID_VIRTCOL) | |
| 457 && curwin->w_old_curswant == curwin->w_curswant) | |
| 458 #endif | |
| 459 )) | |
| 460 curwin->w_redr_type = type; | |
| 461 | |
| 849 | 462 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 463 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 464 if (redraw_tabline || type >= NOT_VALID) | |
| 465 draw_tabline(); | |
| 466 #endif | |
| 467 | |
| 7 | 468 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 469 /* | |
| 470 * Correct stored syntax highlighting info for changes in each displayed | |
| 471 * buffer. Each buffer must only be done once. | |
| 472 */ | |
| 473 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 474 { | |
| 475 if (wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set) | |
| 476 { | |
| 477 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 478 win_T *wwp; | |
| 479 | |
| 480 /* Check if we already did this buffer. */ | |
| 481 for (wwp = firstwin; wwp != wp; wwp = wwp->w_next) | |
| 482 if (wwp->w_buffer == wp->w_buffer) | |
| 483 break; | |
| 484 # endif | |
| 485 if ( | |
| 486 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 487 wwp == wp && | |
| 488 # endif | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
489 syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 490 syn_stack_apply_changes(wp->w_buffer); |
| 491 } | |
| 492 } | |
| 493 #endif | |
| 494 | |
| 495 /* | |
| 496 * Go from top to bottom through the windows, redrawing the ones that need | |
| 497 * it. | |
| 498 */ | |
| 499 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 500 did_one = FALSE; | |
| 501 #endif | |
| 502 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 503 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 504 #endif | |
| 505 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 506 { | |
| 507 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 508 { | |
| 509 cursor_off(); | |
| 510 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) | |
| 511 if (!did_one) | |
| 512 { | |
| 513 did_one = TRUE; | |
| 514 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 515 start_search_hl(); | |
| 516 # endif | |
| 517 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 518 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 519 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 520 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 521 # endif | |
| 522 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 523 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because | |
| 524 * scrolling may make it difficult to redraw the text under | |
| 525 * it. */ | |
| 526 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 527 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 528 #endif | |
| 529 } | |
| 530 #endif | |
| 531 win_update(wp); | |
| 532 } | |
| 533 | |
| 534 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 535 /* redraw status line after the window to minimize cursor movement */ | |
| 536 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 537 { | |
| 538 cursor_off(); | |
| 539 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 540 } | |
| 541 #endif | |
| 542 } | |
| 543 #if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 544 end_search_hl(); | |
| 545 #endif | |
| 546 | |
| 547 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 548 /* Reset b_mod_set flags. Going through all windows is probably faster | |
| 549 * than going through all buffers (there could be many buffers). */ | |
| 550 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 551 wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 552 #else | |
| 553 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 554 #endif | |
| 555 | |
| 556 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 557 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 558 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 559 #endif | |
| 560 | |
| 561 /* Clear or redraw the command line. Done last, because scrolling may | |
| 562 * mess up the command line. */ | |
| 563 if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) | |
| 564 showmode(); | |
| 565 | |
| 566 /* May put up an introductory message when not editing a file */ | |
| 567 if (!did_intro && bufempty() | |
| 568 && curbuf->b_fname == NULL | |
| 569 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 570 && firstwin->w_next == NULL | |
| 571 #endif | |
| 572 && vim_strchr(p_shm, SHM_INTRO) == NULL) | |
| 573 intro_message(FALSE); | |
| 574 did_intro = TRUE; | |
| 575 | |
| 576 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 577 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 578 * done. */ | |
| 579 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 580 { | |
| 581 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 582 if (did_one) | |
| 583 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 584 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 585 } | |
| 586 #endif | |
| 587 } | |
| 588 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
589 #if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO) |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
590 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
591 * Return TRUE if the cursor line in window "wp" may be concealed, according |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
592 * to the 'concealcursor' option. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
593 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
594 int |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
595 conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
596 win_T *wp; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
597 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
598 int c; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
599 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
600 if (*wp->w_p_cocu == NUL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
601 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
602 if (get_real_state() & VISUAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
603 c = 'v'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
604 else if (State & INSERT) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
605 c = 'i'; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
606 else if (State & NORMAL) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
607 c = 'n'; |
|
2382
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
608 else if (State & CMDLINE) |
|
3a5ededa240a
Add the 'c' flag to 'concealcursor'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2381
diff
changeset
|
609 c = 'c'; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
610 else |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
611 return FALSE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
612 return vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, c) != NULL; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
613 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
614 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
615 /* |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
616 * Check if the cursor line needs to be redrawn because of 'concealcursor'. |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
617 */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
618 void |
|
2428
33148c37f3c9
Changes for VMS. Mostly by Zoltan Arpadffy.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2409
diff
changeset
|
619 conceal_check_cursur_line() |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
620 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
621 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0 && conceal_cursor_line(curwin)) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
622 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
623 need_cursor_line_redraw = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
624 /* Need to recompute cursor column, e.g., when starting Visual mode |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
625 * without concealing. */ |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
626 curs_columns(TRUE); |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
627 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
628 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
629 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
630 void |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
631 update_single_line(wp, lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
632 win_T *wp; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
633 linenr_T lnum; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
634 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
635 int row; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
636 int j; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
637 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
638 if (lnum >= wp->w_topline && lnum < wp->w_botline |
|
2269
fb627e94e6c6
Couple of small fixes for conceal feature. (Dominique Pelle)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2255
diff
changeset
|
639 && foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo) == 0) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
640 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
641 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
642 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
643 * may make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
644 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
645 gui_undraw_cursor(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
646 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
647 row = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
648 for (j = 0; j < wp->w_lines_valid; ++j) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
649 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
650 if (lnum == wp->w_lines[j].wl_lnum) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
651 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
652 screen_start(); /* not sure of screen cursor */ |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
653 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
654 init_search_hl(wp); |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
655 start_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
656 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
657 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
658 win_line(wp, lnum, row, row + wp->w_lines[j].wl_size, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
659 # if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
660 end_search_hl(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
661 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
662 break; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
663 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
664 row += wp->w_lines[j].wl_size; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
665 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
666 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
667 /* Redraw the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
668 if (gui.in_use) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
669 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
670 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
671 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
672 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
673 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
674 } |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
675 need_cursor_line_redraw = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
676 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
677 #endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
678 |
| 7 | 679 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_GUI) |
| 680 static void update_prepare __ARGS((void)); | |
| 681 static void update_finish __ARGS((void)); | |
| 682 | |
| 683 /* | |
| 684 * Prepare for updating one or more windows. | |
| 2008 | 685 * Caller must check for "updating_screen" already set to avoid recursiveness. |
| 7 | 686 */ |
| 687 static void | |
| 688 update_prepare() | |
| 689 { | |
| 690 cursor_off(); | |
| 691 updating_screen = TRUE; | |
| 692 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 693 /* Remove the cursor before starting to do anything, because scrolling may | |
| 694 * make it difficult to redraw the text under it. */ | |
| 695 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 696 gui_undraw_cursor(); | |
| 697 #endif | |
| 698 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 699 start_search_hl(); | |
| 700 #endif | |
| 701 } | |
| 702 | |
| 703 /* | |
| 704 * Finish updating one or more windows. | |
| 705 */ | |
| 706 static void | |
| 707 update_finish() | |
| 708 { | |
| 709 if (redraw_cmdline) | |
| 710 showmode(); | |
| 711 | |
| 712 # ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 713 end_search_hl(); | |
| 714 # endif | |
| 715 | |
| 716 updating_screen = FALSE; | |
| 717 | |
| 718 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 719 gui_may_resize_shell(); | |
| 720 | |
| 721 /* Redraw the cursor and update the scrollbars when all screen updating is | |
| 722 * done. */ | |
| 723 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 724 { | |
| 725 out_flush(); /* required before updating the cursor */ | |
| 726 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); | |
| 727 gui_update_scrollbars(FALSE); | |
| 728 } | |
| 729 # endif | |
| 730 } | |
| 731 #endif | |
| 732 | |
| 733 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 734 void | |
| 735 update_debug_sign(buf, lnum) | |
| 736 buf_T *buf; | |
| 737 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 738 { | |
| 739 win_T *wp; | |
| 740 int doit = FALSE; | |
| 741 | |
| 742 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 743 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 744 # endif | |
| 745 | |
| 746 /* update/delete a specific mark */ | |
| 747 FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp) | |
| 748 { | |
| 749 if (buf != NULL && lnum > 0) | |
| 750 { | |
| 751 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && lnum >= wp->w_topline | |
| 752 && lnum < wp->w_botline) | |
| 753 { | |
| 754 if (wp->w_redraw_top == 0 || wp->w_redraw_top > lnum) | |
| 755 wp->w_redraw_top = lnum; | |
| 756 if (wp->w_redraw_bot == 0 || wp->w_redraw_bot < lnum) | |
| 757 wp->w_redraw_bot = lnum; | |
| 758 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 759 } | |
| 760 } | |
| 761 else | |
| 762 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID); | |
| 763 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 764 doit = TRUE; | |
| 765 } | |
| 766 | |
| 2008 | 767 /* Return when there is nothing to do or screen updating already |
| 768 * happening. */ | |
| 769 if (!doit || updating_screen) | |
| 7 | 770 return; |
| 771 | |
| 772 /* update all windows that need updating */ | |
| 773 update_prepare(); | |
| 774 | |
| 775 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 776 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 777 { | |
| 778 if (wp->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 779 win_update(wp); | |
| 780 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 781 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 782 } | |
| 783 # else | |
| 784 if (curwin->w_redr_type != 0) | |
| 785 win_update(curwin); | |
| 786 # endif | |
| 787 | |
| 788 update_finish(); | |
| 789 } | |
| 790 #endif | |
| 791 | |
| 792 | |
| 793 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 794 /* | |
| 795 * Update a single window, its status line and maybe the command line msg. | |
| 796 * Used for the GUI scrollbar. | |
| 797 */ | |
| 798 void | |
| 799 updateWindow(wp) | |
| 800 win_T *wp; | |
| 801 { | |
| 2008 | 802 /* return if already busy updating */ |
| 803 if (updating_screen) | |
| 804 return; | |
| 805 | |
| 7 | 806 update_prepare(); |
| 807 | |
| 808 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 809 /* When Visual area changed, may have to update selection. */ | |
| 810 if (clip_star.available && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 811 clip_update_selection(); | |
| 812 #endif | |
| 670 | 813 |
| 7 | 814 win_update(wp); |
| 670 | 815 |
| 7 | 816 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 670 | 817 /* When the screen was cleared redraw the tab pages line. */ |
| 673 | 818 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 819 draw_tabline(); |
| 670 | 820 |
| 7 | 821 if (wp->w_redr_status |
| 822 # ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 823 || p_ru | |
| 824 # endif | |
| 825 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 826 || *p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL |
| 7 | 827 # endif |
| 828 ) | |
| 829 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 830 #endif | |
| 831 | |
| 832 update_finish(); | |
| 833 } | |
| 834 #endif | |
| 835 | |
| 836 /* | |
| 837 * Update a single window. | |
| 838 * | |
| 839 * This may cause the windows below it also to be redrawn (when clearing the | |
| 840 * screen or scrolling lines). | |
| 841 * | |
| 842 * How the window is redrawn depends on wp->w_redr_type. Each type also | |
| 843 * implies the one below it. | |
| 844 * NOT_VALID redraw the whole window | |
| 743 | 845 * SOME_VALID redraw the whole window but do scroll when possible |
| 7 | 846 * REDRAW_TOP redraw the top w_upd_rows window lines, otherwise like VALID |
| 847 * INVERTED redraw the changed part of the Visual area | |
| 848 * INVERTED_ALL redraw the whole Visual area | |
| 849 * VALID 1. scroll up/down to adjust for a changed w_topline | |
| 850 * 2. update lines at the top when scrolled down | |
| 851 * 3. redraw changed text: | |
| 301 | 852 * - if wp->w_buffer->b_mod_set set, update lines between |
| 7 | 853 * b_mod_top and b_mod_bot. |
| 854 * - if wp->w_redraw_top non-zero, redraw lines between | |
| 855 * wp->w_redraw_top and wp->w_redr_bot. | |
| 856 * - continue redrawing when syntax status is invalid. | |
| 857 * 4. if scrolled up, update lines at the bottom. | |
| 858 * This results in three areas that may need updating: | |
| 859 * top: from first row to top_end (when scrolled down) | |
| 860 * mid: from mid_start to mid_end (update inversion or changed text) | |
| 861 * bot: from bot_start to last row (when scrolled up) | |
| 862 */ | |
| 863 static void | |
| 864 win_update(wp) | |
| 865 win_T *wp; | |
| 866 { | |
| 867 buf_T *buf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 868 int type; | |
| 869 int top_end = 0; /* Below last row of the top area that needs | |
| 870 updating. 0 when no top area updating. */ | |
| 871 int mid_start = 999;/* first row of the mid area that needs | |
| 872 updating. 999 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 873 int mid_end = 0; /* Below last row of the mid area that needs | |
| 874 updating. 0 when no mid area updating. */ | |
| 875 int bot_start = 999;/* first row of the bot area that needs | |
| 876 updating. 999 when no bot area updating */ | |
| 877 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 878 int scrolled_down = FALSE; /* TRUE when scrolled down when | |
| 879 w_topline got smaller a bit */ | |
| 880 #endif | |
| 881 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 882 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7 | 883 int top_to_mod = FALSE; /* redraw above mod_top */ |
| 884 #endif | |
| 885 | |
| 886 int row; /* current window row to display */ | |
| 887 linenr_T lnum; /* current buffer lnum to display */ | |
| 888 int idx; /* current index in w_lines[] */ | |
| 889 int srow; /* starting row of the current line */ | |
| 890 | |
| 891 int eof = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 892 int didline = FALSE; /* if TRUE, we finished the last line */ | |
| 893 int i; | |
| 894 long j; | |
| 895 static int recursive = FALSE; /* being called recursively */ | |
| 896 int old_botline = wp->w_botline; | |
| 897 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 898 long fold_count; | |
| 899 #endif | |
| 900 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 901 /* remember what happened to the previous line, to know if | |
| 902 * check_visual_highlight() can be used */ | |
| 903 #define DID_NONE 1 /* didn't update a line */ | |
| 904 #define DID_LINE 2 /* updated a normal line */ | |
| 905 #define DID_FOLD 3 /* updated a folded line */ | |
| 906 int did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 907 linenr_T syntax_last_parsed = 0; /* last parsed text line */ | |
| 908 #endif | |
| 909 linenr_T mod_top = 0; | |
| 910 linenr_T mod_bot = 0; | |
| 911 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 912 int save_got_int; | |
| 913 #endif | |
| 914 | |
| 915 type = wp->w_redr_type; | |
| 916 | |
| 917 if (type == NOT_VALID) | |
| 918 { | |
| 919 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 920 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 921 #endif | |
| 922 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 923 } | |
| 924 | |
| 925 /* Window is zero-height: nothing to draw. */ | |
| 926 if (wp->w_height == 0) | |
| 927 { | |
| 928 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 929 return; | |
| 930 } | |
| 931 | |
| 932 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 933 /* Window is zero-width: Only need to draw the separator. */ | |
| 934 if (wp->w_width == 0) | |
| 935 { | |
| 936 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 937 draw_vsep_win(wp, 0); | |
| 938 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 939 return; | |
| 940 } | |
| 941 #endif | |
| 942 | |
| 943 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
944 init_search_hl(wp); |
| 7 | 945 #endif |
| 946 | |
| 13 | 947 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
948 /* Force redraw when width of 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
949 * changes. */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
950 i = (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) ? number_width(wp) : 0; |
| 677 | 951 if (wp->w_nrwidth != i) |
| 13 | 952 { |
| 953 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 677 | 954 wp->w_nrwidth = i; |
| 13 | 955 } |
| 956 else | |
| 957 #endif | |
| 958 | |
| 7 | 959 if (buf->b_mod_set && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_redraw_top != 0) |
| 960 { | |
| 961 /* | |
| 962 * When there are both inserted/deleted lines and specific lines to be | |
| 963 * redrawn, w_redraw_top and w_redraw_bot may be invalid, just redraw | |
| 964 * everything (only happens when redrawing is off for while). | |
| 965 */ | |
| 966 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 967 } | |
| 968 else | |
| 969 { | |
| 970 /* | |
| 971 * Set mod_top to the first line that needs displaying because of | |
| 972 * changes. Set mod_bot to the first line after the changes. | |
| 973 */ | |
| 974 mod_top = wp->w_redraw_top; | |
| 975 if (wp->w_redraw_bot != 0) | |
| 976 mod_bot = wp->w_redraw_bot + 1; | |
| 977 else | |
| 978 mod_bot = 0; | |
| 979 wp->w_redraw_top = 0; /* reset for next time */ | |
| 980 wp->w_redraw_bot = 0; | |
| 981 if (buf->b_mod_set) | |
| 982 { | |
| 983 if (mod_top == 0 || mod_top > buf->b_mod_top) | |
| 984 { | |
| 985 mod_top = buf->b_mod_top; | |
| 986 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 987 /* Need to redraw lines above the change that may be included | |
| 988 * in a pattern match. */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
989 if (syntax_present(wp)) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
990 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
991 mod_top -= buf->b_s.b_syn_sync_linebreaks; |
| 7 | 992 if (mod_top < 1) |
| 993 mod_top = 1; | |
| 994 } | |
| 995 #endif | |
| 996 } | |
| 997 if (mod_bot == 0 || mod_bot < buf->b_mod_bot) | |
| 998 mod_bot = buf->b_mod_bot; | |
| 999 | |
| 1000 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1001 /* When 'hlsearch' is on and using a multi-line search pattern, a | |
| 1002 * change in one line may make the Search highlighting in a | |
| 1003 * previous line invalid. Simple solution: redraw all visible | |
| 1004 * lines above the change. | |
| 1326 | 1005 * Same for a match pattern. |
| 7 | 1006 */ |
| 699 | 1007 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL |
| 1008 && re_multiline(search_hl.rm.regprog)) | |
| 7 | 1009 top_to_mod = TRUE; |
| 699 | 1010 else |
| 1326 | 1011 { |
| 1012 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 1013 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 1014 { | |
| 1015 if (cur->match.regprog != NULL | |
| 1016 && re_multiline(cur->match.regprog)) | |
| 699 | 1017 { |
| 1018 top_to_mod = TRUE; | |
| 1019 break; | |
| 1020 } | |
| 1326 | 1021 cur = cur->next; |
| 1022 } | |
| 1023 } | |
| 7 | 1024 #endif |
| 1025 } | |
| 1026 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1027 if (mod_top != 0 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1028 { | |
| 1029 linenr_T lnumt, lnumb; | |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 /* | |
| 1032 * A change in a line can cause lines above it to become folded or | |
| 1033 * unfolded. Find the top most buffer line that may be affected. | |
| 1034 * If the line was previously folded and displayed, get the first | |
| 1035 * line of that fold. If the line is folded now, get the first | |
| 1036 * folded line. Use the minimum of these two. | |
| 1037 */ | |
| 1038 | |
| 1039 /* Find last valid w_lines[] entry above mod_top. Set lnumt to | |
| 1040 * the line below it. If there is no valid entry, use w_topline. | |
| 1041 * Find the first valid w_lines[] entry below mod_bot. Set lnumb | |
| 1042 * to this line. If there is no valid entry, use MAXLNUM. */ | |
| 1043 lnumt = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1044 lnumb = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1045 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1046 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1047 { | |
| 1048 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum < mod_top) | |
| 1049 lnumt = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1050 if (lnumb == MAXLNUM && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= mod_bot) | |
| 1051 { | |
| 1052 lnumb = wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum; | |
| 1053 /* When there is a fold column it might need updating | |
| 1054 * in the next line ("J" just above an open fold). */ | |
| 1055 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 1056 ++lnumb; | |
| 1057 } | |
| 1058 } | |
| 1059 | |
| 1060 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_top, &mod_top, NULL, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1061 if (mod_top > lnumt) | |
| 1062 mod_top = lnumt; | |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 /* Now do the same for the bottom line (one above mod_bot). */ | |
| 1065 --mod_bot; | |
| 1066 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, mod_bot, NULL, &mod_bot, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1067 ++mod_bot; | |
| 1068 if (mod_bot < lnumb) | |
| 1069 mod_bot = lnumb; | |
| 1070 } | |
| 1071 #endif | |
| 1072 | |
| 1073 /* When a change starts above w_topline and the end is below | |
| 1074 * w_topline, start redrawing at w_topline. | |
| 36 | 1075 * If the end of the change is above w_topline: do like no change was |
| 1076 * made, but redraw the first line to find changes in syntax. */ | |
| 7 | 1077 if (mod_top != 0 && mod_top < wp->w_topline) |
| 1078 { | |
| 1079 if (mod_bot > wp->w_topline) | |
| 1080 mod_top = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1081 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1082 else if (syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1083 top_end = 1; |
| 1084 #endif | |
| 1085 } | |
| 36 | 1086 |
| 1087 /* When line numbers are displayed need to redraw all lines below | |
| 1088 * inserted/deleted lines. */ | |
| 1089 if (mod_top != 0 && buf->b_mod_xlines != 0 && wp->w_p_nu) | |
| 1090 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 7 | 1091 } |
| 1092 | |
| 1093 /* | |
| 1094 * When only displaying the lines at the top, set top_end. Used when | |
| 1095 * window has scrolled down for msg_scrolled. | |
| 1096 */ | |
| 1097 if (type == REDRAW_TOP) | |
| 1098 { | |
| 1099 j = 0; | |
| 1100 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 j += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1103 if (j >= wp->w_upd_rows) | |
| 1104 { | |
| 1105 top_end = j; | |
| 1106 break; | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 if (top_end == 0) | |
| 1110 /* not found (cannot happen?): redraw everything */ | |
| 1111 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1112 else | |
| 1113 /* top area defined, the rest is VALID */ | |
| 1114 type = VALID; | |
| 1115 } | |
| 1116 | |
| 1378 | 1117 /* Trick: we want to avoid clearing the screen twice. screenclear() will |
| 1331 | 1118 * set "screen_cleared" to TRUE. The special value MAYBE (which is still |
| 1119 * non-zero and thus not FALSE) will indicate that screenclear() was not | |
| 1120 * called. */ | |
| 1121 if (screen_cleared) | |
| 1122 screen_cleared = MAYBE; | |
| 1123 | |
| 7 | 1124 /* |
| 1125 * If there are no changes on the screen that require a complete redraw, | |
| 1126 * handle three cases: | |
| 1127 * 1: we are off the top of the screen by a few lines: scroll down | |
| 1128 * 2: wp->w_topline is below wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: may scroll up | |
| 1129 * 3: wp->w_topline is wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum: find first entry in | |
| 1130 * w_lines[] that needs updating. | |
| 1131 */ | |
| 743 | 1132 if ((type == VALID || type == SOME_VALID |
| 1133 || type == INVERTED || type == INVERTED_ALL) | |
| 7 | 1134 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 1135 && !wp->w_botfill && !wp->w_old_botfill | |
| 1136 #endif | |
| 1137 ) | |
| 1138 { | |
| 1139 if (mod_top != 0 && wp->w_topline == mod_top) | |
| 1140 { | |
| 1141 /* | |
| 1142 * w_topline is the first changed line, the scrolling will be done | |
| 1143 * further down. | |
| 1144 */ | |
| 1145 } | |
| 1146 else if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_valid | |
| 1147 && (wp->w_topline < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1148 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1149 || (wp->w_topline == wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum | |
| 1150 && wp->w_topfill > wp->w_old_topfill) | |
| 1151 #endif | |
| 1152 )) | |
| 1153 { | |
| 1154 /* | |
| 1155 * New topline is above old topline: May scroll down. | |
| 1156 */ | |
| 1157 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1158 if (hasAnyFolding(wp)) | |
| 1159 { | |
| 1160 linenr_T ln; | |
| 1161 | |
| 1162 /* count the number of lines we are off, counting a sequence | |
| 1163 * of folded lines as one */ | |
| 1164 j = 0; | |
| 1165 for (ln = wp->w_topline; ln < wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum; ++ln) | |
| 1166 { | |
| 1167 ++j; | |
| 1168 if (j >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1169 break; | |
| 1170 (void)hasFoldingWin(wp, ln, NULL, &ln, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 1171 } | |
| 1172 } | |
| 1173 else | |
| 1174 #endif | |
| 1175 j = wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - wp->w_topline; | |
| 1176 if (j < wp->w_height - 2) /* not too far off */ | |
| 1177 { | |
| 1178 i = plines_m_win(wp, wp->w_topline, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum - 1); | |
| 1179 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1180 /* insert extra lines for previously invisible filler lines */ | |
| 1181 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum != wp->w_topline) | |
| 1182 i += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum) | |
| 1183 - wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1184 #endif | |
| 1185 if (i < wp->w_height - 2) /* less than a screen off */ | |
| 1186 { | |
| 1187 /* | |
| 1188 * Try to insert the correct number of lines. | |
| 1189 * If not the last window, delete the lines at the bottom. | |
| 1190 * win_ins_lines may fail when the terminal can't do it. | |
| 1191 */ | |
| 1192 if (i > 0) | |
| 1193 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1194 if (win_ins_lines(wp, 0, i, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1195 { | |
| 1196 if (wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1197 { | |
| 1198 /* Need to update rows that are new, stop at the | |
| 1199 * first one that scrolled down. */ | |
| 1200 top_end = i; | |
| 1201 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 1202 scrolled_down = TRUE; | |
| 1203 #endif | |
| 1204 | |
| 1205 /* Move the entries that were scrolled, disable | |
| 1206 * the entries for the lines to be redrawn. */ | |
| 1207 if ((wp->w_lines_valid += j) > wp->w_height) | |
| 1208 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1209 for (idx = wp->w_lines_valid; idx - j >= 0; idx--) | |
| 1210 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[idx - j]; | |
| 1211 while (idx >= 0) | |
| 1212 wp->w_lines[idx--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1213 } | |
| 1214 } | |
| 1215 else | |
| 1216 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1217 } | |
| 1218 else | |
| 1219 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1220 } | |
| 1221 else | |
| 1222 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1223 } | |
| 1224 else | |
| 1225 { | |
| 1226 /* | |
| 1227 * New topline is at or below old topline: May scroll up. | |
| 1228 * When topline didn't change, find first entry in w_lines[] that | |
| 1229 * needs updating. | |
| 1230 */ | |
| 1231 | |
| 1232 /* try to find wp->w_topline in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum */ | |
| 1233 j = -1; | |
| 1234 row = 0; | |
| 1235 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; i++) | |
| 1236 { | |
| 1237 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1238 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1239 { | |
| 1240 j = i; | |
| 1241 break; | |
| 1242 } | |
| 1243 row += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1244 } | |
| 1245 if (j == -1) | |
| 1246 { | |
| 1247 /* if wp->w_topline is not in wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum redraw all | |
| 1248 * lines */ | |
| 1249 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1250 } | |
| 1251 else | |
| 1252 { | |
| 1253 /* | |
| 1254 * Try to delete the correct number of lines. | |
| 1255 * wp->w_topline is at wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum. | |
| 1256 */ | |
| 1257 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1258 /* If the topline didn't change, delete old filler lines, | |
| 1259 * otherwise delete filler lines of the new topline... */ | |
| 1260 if (wp->w_lines[0].wl_lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1261 row += wp->w_old_topfill; | |
| 1262 else | |
| 1263 row += diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_topline); | |
| 1264 /* ... but don't delete new filler lines. */ | |
| 1265 row -= wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1266 #endif | |
| 1267 if (row > 0) | |
| 1268 { | |
| 1269 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1270 if (win_del_lines(wp, 0, row, FALSE, wp == firstwin) == OK) | |
| 1271 bot_start = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1272 else | |
| 1273 mid_start = 0; /* redraw all lines */ | |
| 1274 } | |
| 1275 if ((row == 0 || bot_start < 999) && wp->w_lines_valid != 0) | |
| 1276 { | |
| 1277 /* | |
| 1278 * Skip the lines (below the deleted lines) that are still | |
| 1279 * valid and don't need redrawing. Copy their info | |
| 1280 * upwards, to compensate for the deleted lines. Set | |
| 1281 * bot_start to the first row that needs redrawing. | |
| 1282 */ | |
| 1283 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1284 idx = 0; | |
| 1285 for (;;) | |
| 1286 { | |
| 1287 wp->w_lines[idx] = wp->w_lines[j]; | |
| 1288 /* stop at line that didn't fit, unless it is still | |
| 1289 * valid (no lines deleted) */ | |
| 1290 if (row > 0 && bot_start + row | |
| 1291 + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size > wp->w_height) | |
| 1292 { | |
| 1293 wp->w_lines_valid = idx + 1; | |
| 1294 break; | |
| 1295 } | |
| 1296 bot_start += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1297 | |
| 1298 /* stop at the last valid entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1299 if (++j >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1300 { | |
| 1301 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1302 break; | |
| 1303 } | |
| 1304 } | |
| 1305 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1306 /* Correct the first entry for filler lines at the top | |
| 1307 * when it won't get updated below. */ | |
| 1308 if (wp->w_p_diff && bot_start > 0) | |
| 1309 wp->w_lines[0].wl_size = | |
| 1310 plines_win_nofill(wp, wp->w_topline, TRUE) | |
| 1311 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1312 #endif | |
| 1313 } | |
| 1314 } | |
| 1315 } | |
| 1316 | |
| 1317 /* When starting redraw in the first line, redraw all lines. When | |
| 1318 * there is only one window it's probably faster to clear the screen | |
| 1319 * first. */ | |
| 1320 if (mid_start == 0) | |
| 1321 { | |
| 1322 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1323 if (lastwin == firstwin) | |
| 981 | 1324 { |
| 1331 | 1325 /* Clear the screen when it was not done by win_del_lines() or |
| 1326 * win_ins_lines() above, "screen_cleared" is FALSE or MAYBE | |
| 1327 * then. */ | |
| 1328 if (screen_cleared != TRUE) | |
| 1329 screenclear(); | |
| 981 | 1330 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 1331 /* The screen was cleared, redraw the tab pages line. */ | |
| 1332 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 1333 draw_tabline(); | |
| 1334 #endif | |
| 1335 } | |
| 7 | 1336 } |
| 1331 | 1337 |
| 1338 /* When win_del_lines() or win_ins_lines() caused the screen to be | |
| 1339 * cleared (only happens for the first window) or when screenclear() | |
| 1340 * was called directly above, "must_redraw" will have been set to | |
| 1341 * NOT_VALID, need to reset it here to avoid redrawing twice. */ | |
| 1342 if (screen_cleared == TRUE) | |
| 1343 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 7 | 1344 } |
| 1345 else | |
| 1346 { | |
| 1347 /* Not VALID or INVERTED: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1348 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1349 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1350 } | |
| 1351 | |
| 743 | 1352 if (type == SOME_VALID) |
| 1353 { | |
| 1354 /* SOME_VALID: redraw all lines. */ | |
| 1355 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1356 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1357 type = NOT_VALID; | |
| 1358 } | |
| 1359 | |
| 7 | 1360 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 1361 /* check if we are updating or removing the inverted part */ | |
| 1362 if ((VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1363 || (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum != 0 && type != NOT_VALID)) | |
| 1364 { | |
| 1365 linenr_T from, to; | |
| 1366 | |
| 1367 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 1368 { | |
| 1369 if (VIsual_active | |
| 1370 && (VIsual_mode != wp->w_old_visual_mode | |
| 1371 || type == INVERTED_ALL)) | |
| 1372 { | |
| 1373 /* | |
| 1374 * If the type of Visual selection changed, redraw the whole | |
| 1375 * selection. Also when the ownership of the X selection is | |
| 1376 * gained or lost. | |
| 1377 */ | |
| 1378 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1379 { | |
| 1380 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1381 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1382 } | |
| 1383 else | |
| 1384 { | |
| 1385 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1386 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1387 } | |
| 1388 /* redraw more when the cursor moved as well */ | |
| 1389 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < from) | |
| 1390 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1391 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum > to) | |
| 1392 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1393 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from) | |
| 1394 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1395 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1396 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1397 } | |
| 1398 else | |
| 1399 { | |
| 1400 /* | |
| 1401 * Find the line numbers that need to be updated: The lines | |
| 1402 * between the old cursor position and the current cursor | |
| 1403 * position. Also check if the Visual position changed. | |
| 1404 */ | |
| 1405 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < wp->w_old_cursor_lnum) | |
| 1406 { | |
| 1407 from = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1408 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1409 } | |
| 1410 else | |
| 1411 { | |
| 1412 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1413 to = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1414 if (from == 0) /* Visual mode just started */ | |
| 1415 from = to; | |
| 1416 } | |
| 1417 | |
| 422 | 1418 if (VIsual.lnum != wp->w_old_visual_lnum |
| 1419 || VIsual.col != wp->w_old_visual_col) | |
| 7 | 1420 { |
| 1421 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum < from | |
| 1422 && wp->w_old_visual_lnum != 0) | |
| 1423 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1424 if (wp->w_old_visual_lnum > to) | |
| 1425 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1426 if (VIsual.lnum < from) | |
| 1427 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1428 if (VIsual.lnum > to) | |
| 1429 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1430 } | |
| 1431 } | |
| 1432 | |
| 1433 /* | |
| 1434 * If in block mode and changed column or curwin->w_curswant: | |
| 1435 * update all lines. | |
| 1436 * First compute the actual start and end column. | |
| 1437 */ | |
| 1438 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 1439 { | |
| 1440 colnr_T fromc, toc; | |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 getvcols(wp, &VIsual, &curwin->w_cursor, &fromc, &toc); | |
| 1443 ++toc; | |
| 1444 if (curwin->w_curswant == MAXCOL) | |
| 1445 toc = MAXCOL; | |
| 1446 | |
| 1447 if (fromc != wp->w_old_cursor_fcol | |
| 1448 || toc != wp->w_old_cursor_lcol) | |
| 1449 { | |
| 1450 if (from > VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1451 from = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1452 if (to < VIsual.lnum) | |
| 1453 to = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 1454 } | |
| 1455 wp->w_old_cursor_fcol = fromc; | |
| 1456 wp->w_old_cursor_lcol = toc; | |
| 1457 } | |
| 1458 } | |
| 1459 else | |
| 1460 { | |
| 1461 /* Use the line numbers of the old Visual area. */ | |
| 1462 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lnum < wp->w_old_visual_lnum) | |
| 1463 { | |
| 1464 from = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1465 to = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1466 } | |
| 1467 else | |
| 1468 { | |
| 1469 from = wp->w_old_visual_lnum; | |
| 1470 to = wp->w_old_cursor_lnum; | |
| 1471 } | |
| 1472 } | |
| 1473 | |
| 1474 /* | |
| 1475 * There is no need to update lines above the top of the window. | |
| 1476 */ | |
| 1477 if (from < wp->w_topline) | |
| 1478 from = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1479 | |
| 1480 /* | |
| 1481 * If we know the value of w_botline, use it to restrict the update to | |
| 1482 * the lines that are visible in the window. | |
| 1483 */ | |
| 1484 if (wp->w_valid & VALID_BOTLINE) | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 if (from >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1487 from = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1488 if (to >= wp->w_botline) | |
| 1489 to = wp->w_botline - 1; | |
| 1490 } | |
| 1491 | |
| 1492 /* | |
| 1493 * Find the minimal part to be updated. | |
| 1494 * Watch out for scrolling that made entries in w_lines[] invalid. | |
| 1495 * E.g., CTRL-U makes the first half of w_lines[] invalid and sets | |
| 1496 * top_end; need to redraw from top_end to the "to" line. | |
| 1497 * A middle mouse click with a Visual selection may change the text | |
| 1498 * above the Visual area and reset wl_valid, do count these for | |
| 1499 * mid_end (in srow). | |
| 1500 */ | |
| 1501 if (mid_start > 0) | |
| 1502 { | |
| 1503 lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 1504 idx = 0; | |
| 1505 srow = 0; | |
| 1506 if (scrolled_down) | |
| 1507 mid_start = top_end; | |
| 1508 else | |
| 1509 mid_start = 0; | |
| 1510 while (lnum < from && idx < wp->w_lines_valid) /* find start */ | |
| 1511 { | |
| 1512 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1513 mid_start += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1514 else if (!scrolled_down) | |
| 1515 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1516 ++idx; | |
| 1517 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1518 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid) | |
| 1519 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum; | |
| 1520 else | |
| 1521 # endif | |
| 1522 ++lnum; | |
| 1523 } | |
| 1524 srow += mid_start; | |
| 1525 mid_end = wp->w_height; | |
| 1526 for ( ; idx < wp->w_lines_valid; ++idx) /* find end */ | |
| 1527 { | |
| 1528 if (wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1529 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum >= to + 1) | |
| 1530 { | |
| 1531 /* Only update until first row of this line */ | |
| 1532 mid_end = srow; | |
| 1533 break; | |
| 1534 } | |
| 1535 srow += wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size; | |
| 1536 } | |
| 1537 } | |
| 1538 } | |
| 1539 | |
| 1540 if (VIsual_active && buf == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 1541 { | |
| 1542 wp->w_old_visual_mode = VIsual_mode; | |
| 1543 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; | |
| 1544 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = VIsual.lnum; | |
| 422 | 1545 wp->w_old_visual_col = VIsual.col; |
| 7 | 1546 wp->w_old_curswant = curwin->w_curswant; |
| 1547 } | |
| 1548 else | |
| 1549 { | |
| 1550 wp->w_old_visual_mode = 0; | |
| 1551 wp->w_old_cursor_lnum = 0; | |
| 1552 wp->w_old_visual_lnum = 0; | |
| 422 | 1553 wp->w_old_visual_col = 0; |
| 7 | 1554 } |
| 1555 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 1556 | |
| 1557 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 1558 /* reset got_int, otherwise regexp won't work */ | |
| 1559 save_got_int = got_int; | |
| 1560 got_int = 0; | |
| 1561 #endif | |
| 1562 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1563 win_foldinfo.fi_level = 0; | |
| 1564 #endif | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 /* | |
| 1567 * Update all the window rows. | |
| 1568 */ | |
| 1569 idx = 0; /* first entry in w_lines[].wl_size */ | |
| 1570 row = 0; | |
| 1571 srow = 0; | |
| 1572 lnum = wp->w_topline; /* first line shown in window */ | |
| 1573 for (;;) | |
| 1574 { | |
| 1575 /* stop updating when reached the end of the window (check for _past_ | |
| 1576 * the end of the window is at the end of the loop) */ | |
| 1577 if (row == wp->w_height) | |
| 1578 { | |
| 1579 didline = TRUE; | |
| 1580 break; | |
| 1581 } | |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 /* stop updating when hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1584 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1585 { | |
| 1586 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1587 break; | |
| 1588 } | |
| 1589 | |
| 1590 /* Remember the starting row of the line that is going to be dealt | |
| 1591 * with. It is used further down when the line doesn't fit. */ | |
| 1592 srow = row; | |
| 1593 | |
| 1594 /* | |
| 1595 * Update a line when it is in an area that needs updating, when it | |
| 1596 * has changes or w_lines[idx] is invalid. | |
| 1597 * bot_start may be halfway a wrapped line after using | |
| 1598 * win_del_lines(), check if the current line includes it. | |
| 1599 * When syntax folding is being used, the saved syntax states will | |
| 1600 * already have been updated, we can't see where the syntax state is | |
| 1601 * the same again, just update until the end of the window. | |
| 1602 */ | |
| 1603 if (row < top_end | |
| 1604 || (row >= mid_start && row < mid_end) | |
| 1605 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1606 || top_to_mod | |
| 1607 #endif | |
| 1608 || idx >= wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1609 || (row + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > bot_start) | |
| 1610 || (mod_top != 0 | |
| 1611 && (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1612 || (lnum >= mod_top | |
| 1613 && (lnum < mod_bot | |
| 1614 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1615 || did_update == DID_FOLD | |
| 1616 || (did_update == DID_LINE | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1617 && syntax_present(wp) |
| 7 | 1618 && ( |
| 1619 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1620 (foldmethodIsSyntax(wp) | |
| 1621 && hasAnyFolding(wp)) || | |
| 1622 # endif | |
| 1623 syntax_check_changed(lnum))) | |
| 1624 #endif | |
| 1625 ))))) | |
| 1626 { | |
| 1627 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1628 if (lnum == mod_top) | |
| 1629 top_to_mod = FALSE; | |
| 1630 #endif | |
| 1631 | |
| 1632 /* | |
| 1633 * When at start of changed lines: May scroll following lines | |
| 1634 * up or down to minimize redrawing. | |
| 1635 * Don't do this when the change continues until the end. | |
| 1636 * Don't scroll when dollar_vcol is non-zero, keep the "$". | |
| 1637 */ | |
| 1638 if (lnum == mod_top | |
| 1639 && mod_bot != MAXLNUM | |
| 1640 && !(dollar_vcol != 0 && mod_bot == mod_top + 1)) | |
| 1641 { | |
| 1642 int old_rows = 0; | |
| 1643 int new_rows = 0; | |
| 1644 int xtra_rows; | |
| 1645 linenr_T l; | |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 /* Count the old number of window rows, using w_lines[], which | |
| 1648 * should still contain the sizes for the lines as they are | |
| 1649 * currently displayed. */ | |
| 1650 for (i = idx; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i) | |
| 1651 { | |
| 1652 /* Only valid lines have a meaningful wl_lnum. Invalid | |
| 1653 * lines are part of the changed area. */ | |
| 1654 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1655 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum == mod_bot) | |
| 1656 break; | |
| 1657 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i].wl_size; | |
| 1658 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1659 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid | |
| 1660 && wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum + 1 == mod_bot) | |
| 1661 { | |
| 1662 /* Must have found the last valid entry above mod_bot. | |
| 1663 * Add following invalid entries. */ | |
| 1664 ++i; | |
| 1665 while (i < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1666 && !wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid) | |
| 1667 old_rows += wp->w_lines[i++].wl_size; | |
| 1668 break; | |
| 1669 } | |
| 1670 #endif | |
| 1671 } | |
| 1672 | |
| 1673 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1674 { | |
| 1675 /* We can't find a valid line below the changed lines, | |
| 1676 * need to redraw until the end of the window. | |
| 1677 * Inserting/deleting lines has no use. */ | |
| 1678 bot_start = 0; | |
| 1679 } | |
| 1680 else | |
| 1681 { | |
| 1682 /* Able to count old number of rows: Count new window | |
| 1683 * rows, and may insert/delete lines */ | |
| 1684 j = idx; | |
| 1685 for (l = lnum; l < mod_bot; ++l) | |
| 1686 { | |
| 1687 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1688 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, l, NULL, &l, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 1689 ++new_rows; | |
| 1690 else | |
| 1691 #endif | |
| 1692 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1693 if (l == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1694 new_rows += plines_win_nofill(wp, l, TRUE) | |
| 1695 + wp->w_topfill; | |
| 1696 else | |
| 1697 #endif | |
| 1698 new_rows += plines_win(wp, l, TRUE); | |
| 1699 ++j; | |
| 1700 if (new_rows > wp->w_height - row - 2) | |
| 1701 { | |
| 1702 /* it's getting too much, must redraw the rest */ | |
| 1703 new_rows = 9999; | |
| 1704 break; | |
| 1705 } | |
| 1706 } | |
| 1707 xtra_rows = new_rows - old_rows; | |
| 1708 if (xtra_rows < 0) | |
| 1709 { | |
| 1710 /* May scroll text up. If there is not enough | |
| 1711 * remaining text or scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1712 * rest. If scrolling works, must redraw the text | |
| 1713 * below the scrolled text. */ | |
| 1714 if (row - xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1715 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1716 else | |
| 1717 { | |
| 1718 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1719 if (win_del_lines(wp, row, | |
| 1720 -xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1721 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1722 else | |
| 1723 bot_start = wp->w_height + xtra_rows; | |
| 1724 } | |
| 1725 } | |
| 1726 else if (xtra_rows > 0) | |
| 1727 { | |
| 1728 /* May scroll text down. If there is not enough | |
| 1729 * remaining text of scrolling fails, must redraw the | |
| 1730 * rest. */ | |
| 1731 if (row + xtra_rows >= wp->w_height - 2) | |
| 1732 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1733 else | |
| 1734 { | |
| 1735 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 1736 if (win_ins_lines(wp, row + old_rows, | |
| 1737 xtra_rows, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL) | |
| 1738 mod_bot = MAXLNUM; | |
| 1739 else if (top_end > row + old_rows) | |
| 1740 /* Scrolled the part at the top that requires | |
| 1741 * updating down. */ | |
| 1742 top_end += xtra_rows; | |
| 1743 } | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 /* When not updating the rest, may need to move w_lines[] | |
| 1747 * entries. */ | |
| 1748 if (mod_bot != MAXLNUM && i != j) | |
| 1749 { | |
| 1750 if (j < i) | |
| 1751 { | |
| 1752 int x = row + new_rows; | |
| 1753 | |
| 1754 /* move entries in w_lines[] upwards */ | |
| 1755 for (;;) | |
| 1756 { | |
| 1757 /* stop at last valid entry in w_lines[] */ | |
| 1758 if (i >= wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1759 { | |
| 1760 wp->w_lines_valid = j; | |
| 1761 break; | |
| 1762 } | |
| 1763 wp->w_lines[j] = wp->w_lines[i]; | |
| 1764 /* stop at a line that won't fit */ | |
| 1765 if (x + (int)wp->w_lines[j].wl_size | |
| 1766 > wp->w_height) | |
| 1767 { | |
| 1768 wp->w_lines_valid = j + 1; | |
| 1769 break; | |
| 1770 } | |
| 1771 x += wp->w_lines[j++].wl_size; | |
| 1772 ++i; | |
| 1773 } | |
| 1774 if (bot_start > x) | |
| 1775 bot_start = x; | |
| 1776 } | |
| 1777 else /* j > i */ | |
| 1778 { | |
| 1779 /* move entries in w_lines[] downwards */ | |
| 1780 j -= i; | |
| 1781 wp->w_lines_valid += j; | |
| 1782 if (wp->w_lines_valid > wp->w_height) | |
| 1783 wp->w_lines_valid = wp->w_height; | |
| 1784 for (i = wp->w_lines_valid; i - j >= idx; --i) | |
| 1785 wp->w_lines[i] = wp->w_lines[i - j]; | |
| 1786 | |
| 1787 /* The w_lines[] entries for inserted lines are | |
| 1788 * now invalid, but wl_size may be used above. | |
| 1789 * Reset to zero. */ | |
| 1790 while (i >= idx) | |
| 1791 { | |
| 1792 wp->w_lines[i].wl_size = 0; | |
| 1793 wp->w_lines[i--].wl_valid = FALSE; | |
| 1794 } | |
| 1795 } | |
| 1796 } | |
| 1797 } | |
| 1798 } | |
| 1799 | |
| 1800 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1801 /* | |
| 1802 * When lines are folded, display one line for all of them. | |
| 1803 * Otherwise, display normally (can be several display lines when | |
| 1804 * 'wrap' is on). | |
| 1805 */ | |
| 1806 fold_count = foldedCount(wp, lnum, &win_foldinfo); | |
| 1807 if (fold_count != 0) | |
| 1808 { | |
| 1809 fold_line(wp, fold_count, &win_foldinfo, lnum, row); | |
| 1810 ++row; | |
| 1811 --fold_count; | |
| 1812 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = TRUE; | |
| 1813 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum + fold_count; | |
| 1814 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1815 did_update = DID_FOLD; | |
| 1816 # endif | |
| 1817 } | |
| 1818 else | |
| 1819 #endif | |
| 1820 if (idx < wp->w_lines_valid | |
| 1821 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid | |
| 1822 && wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum == lnum | |
| 1823 && lnum > wp->w_topline | |
| 1824 && !(dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) | |
| 1825 && srow + wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size > wp->w_height | |
| 1826 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1827 && diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) == 0 | |
| 1828 #endif | |
| 1829 ) | |
| 1830 { | |
| 1831 /* This line is not going to fit. Don't draw anything here, | |
| 1832 * will draw "@ " lines below. */ | |
| 1833 row = wp->w_height + 1; | |
| 1834 } | |
| 1835 else | |
| 1836 { | |
| 1837 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1838 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum); | |
| 1839 #endif | |
| 1840 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1841 /* Let the syntax stuff know we skipped a few lines. */ | |
| 1842 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_last_parsed + 1 < lnum | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1843 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1844 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1845 #endif | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 /* | |
| 1848 * Display one line. | |
| 1849 */ | |
| 625 | 1850 row = win_line(wp, lnum, srow, wp->w_height, mod_top == 0); |
| 7 | 1851 |
| 1852 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1853 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_folded = FALSE; | |
| 1854 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lastlnum = lnum; | |
| 1855 #endif | |
| 1856 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1857 did_update = DID_LINE; | |
| 1858 syntax_last_parsed = lnum; | |
| 1859 #endif | |
| 1860 } | |
| 1861 | |
| 1862 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_lnum = lnum; | |
| 1863 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_valid = TRUE; | |
| 1864 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1865 { | |
| 1866 /* we may need the size of that too long line later on */ | |
| 1867 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1868 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = plines_win(wp, lnum, TRUE); | |
| 1869 ++idx; | |
| 1870 break; | |
| 1871 } | |
| 1872 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1873 wp->w_lines[idx].wl_size = row - srow; | |
| 1874 ++idx; | |
| 1875 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1876 lnum += fold_count + 1; | |
| 1877 #else | |
| 1878 ++lnum; | |
| 1879 #endif | |
| 1880 } | |
| 1881 else | |
| 1882 { | |
| 1883 /* This line does not need updating, advance to the next one */ | |
| 1884 row += wp->w_lines[idx++].wl_size; | |
| 1885 if (row > wp->w_height) /* past end of screen */ | |
| 1886 break; | |
| 1887 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 1888 lnum = wp->w_lines[idx - 1].wl_lastlnum + 1; | |
| 1889 #else | |
| 1890 ++lnum; | |
| 1891 #endif | |
| 1892 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1893 did_update = DID_NONE; | |
| 1894 #endif | |
| 1895 } | |
| 1896 | |
| 1897 if (lnum > buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 1898 { | |
| 1899 eof = TRUE; | |
| 1900 break; | |
| 1901 } | |
| 1902 } | |
| 1903 /* | |
| 1904 * End of loop over all window lines. | |
| 1905 */ | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | |
| 1908 if (idx > wp->w_lines_valid) | |
| 1909 wp->w_lines_valid = idx; | |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 1912 /* | |
| 1913 * Let the syntax stuff know we stop parsing here. | |
| 1914 */ | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
1915 if (syntax_last_parsed != 0 && syntax_present(wp)) |
| 7 | 1916 syntax_end_parsing(syntax_last_parsed + 1); |
| 1917 #endif | |
| 1918 | |
| 1919 /* | |
| 1920 * If we didn't hit the end of the file, and we didn't finish the last | |
| 1921 * line we were working on, then the line didn't fit. | |
| 1922 */ | |
| 1923 wp->w_empty_rows = 0; | |
| 1924 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1925 wp->w_filler_rows = 0; | |
| 1926 #endif | |
| 1927 if (!eof && !didline) | |
| 1928 { | |
| 1929 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 1930 { | |
| 1931 /* | |
| 1932 * Single line that does not fit! | |
| 1933 * Don't overwrite it, it can be edited. | |
| 1934 */ | |
| 1935 wp->w_botline = lnum + 1; | |
| 1936 } | |
| 1937 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1938 else if (diff_check_fill(wp, lnum) >= wp->w_height - srow) | |
| 1939 { | |
| 1940 /* Window ends in filler lines. */ | |
| 1941 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1942 wp->w_filler_rows = wp->w_height - srow; | |
| 1943 } | |
| 1944 #endif | |
| 1945 else if (dy_flags & DY_LASTLINE) /* 'display' has "lastline" */ | |
| 1946 { | |
| 1947 /* | |
| 1948 * Last line isn't finished: Display "@@@" at the end. | |
| 1949 */ | |
| 1950 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - 1, | |
| 1951 W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 1952 (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - 3, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 1953 '@', '@', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 1954 set_empty_rows(wp, srow); | |
| 1955 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1956 } | |
| 1957 else | |
| 1958 { | |
| 1959 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', srow, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1960 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1961 } | |
| 1962 } | |
| 1963 else | |
| 1964 { | |
| 1965 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 1966 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 1967 #endif | |
| 1968 if (eof) /* we hit the end of the file */ | |
| 1969 { | |
| 1970 wp->w_botline = buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; | |
| 1971 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 1972 j = diff_check_fill(wp, wp->w_botline); | |
| 1973 if (j > 0 && !wp->w_botfill) | |
| 1974 { | |
| 1975 /* | |
| 1976 * Display filler lines at the end of the file | |
| 1977 */ | |
| 1978 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 1979 i = '-'; | |
| 1980 else | |
| 1981 i = fill_diff; | |
| 1982 if (row + j > wp->w_height) | |
| 1983 j = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 1984 win_draw_end(wp, i, i, row, row + (int)j, HLF_DED); | |
| 1985 row += j; | |
| 1986 } | |
| 1987 #endif | |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 else if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 1990 wp->w_botline = lnum; | |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 /* make sure the rest of the screen is blank */ | |
| 1993 /* put '~'s on rows that aren't part of the file. */ | |
| 1994 win_draw_end(wp, '~', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 1995 } | |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 /* Reset the type of redrawing required, the window has been updated. */ | |
| 1998 wp->w_redr_type = 0; | |
| 1999 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2000 wp->w_old_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 2001 wp->w_old_botfill = wp->w_botfill; | |
| 2002 #endif | |
| 2003 | |
| 2004 if (dollar_vcol == 0) | |
| 2005 { | |
| 2006 /* | |
| 2007 * There is a trick with w_botline. If we invalidate it on each | |
| 2008 * change that might modify it, this will cause a lot of expensive | |
| 2009 * calls to plines() in update_topline() each time. Therefore the | |
| 2010 * value of w_botline is often approximated, and this value is used to | |
| 2011 * compute the value of w_topline. If the value of w_botline was | |
| 2012 * wrong, check that the value of w_topline is correct (cursor is on | |
| 2013 * the visible part of the text). If it's not, we need to redraw | |
| 2014 * again. Mostly this just means scrolling up a few lines, so it | |
| 2015 * doesn't look too bad. Only do this for the current window (where | |
| 2016 * changes are relevant). | |
| 2017 */ | |
| 2018 wp->w_valid |= VALID_BOTLINE; | |
| 2019 if (wp == curwin && wp->w_botline != old_botline && !recursive) | |
| 2020 { | |
| 2021 recursive = TRUE; | |
| 2022 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_TOPLINE; | |
| 2023 update_topline(); /* may invalidate w_botline again */ | |
| 2024 if (must_redraw != 0) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 /* Don't update for changes in buffer again. */ | |
| 2027 i = curbuf->b_mod_set; | |
| 2028 curbuf->b_mod_set = FALSE; | |
| 2029 win_update(curwin); | |
| 2030 must_redraw = 0; | |
| 2031 curbuf->b_mod_set = i; | |
| 2032 } | |
| 2033 recursive = FALSE; | |
| 2034 } | |
| 2035 } | |
| 2036 | |
| 2037 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) | |
| 2038 /* restore got_int, unless CTRL-C was hit while redrawing */ | |
| 2039 if (!got_int) | |
| 2040 got_int = save_got_int; | |
| 2041 #endif | |
| 2042 } | |
| 2043 | |
| 2044 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2045 static int draw_signcolumn __ARGS((win_T *wp)); | |
| 2046 | |
| 2047 /* | |
| 2048 * Return TRUE when window "wp" has a column to draw signs in. | |
| 2049 */ | |
| 2050 static int | |
| 2051 draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 2052 win_T *wp; | |
| 2053 { | |
| 2054 return (wp->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL | |
| 2055 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 2210 | 2056 || netbeans_active() |
| 7 | 2057 # endif |
| 2058 ); | |
| 2059 } | |
| 2060 #endif | |
| 2061 | |
| 2062 /* | |
| 2063 * Clear the rest of the window and mark the unused lines with "c1". use "c2" | |
| 2064 * as the filler character. | |
| 2065 */ | |
| 2066 static void | |
| 2067 win_draw_end(wp, c1, c2, row, endrow, hl) | |
| 2068 win_T *wp; | |
| 2069 int c1; | |
| 2070 int c2; | |
| 2071 int row; | |
| 2072 int endrow; | |
| 534 | 2073 hlf_T hl; |
| 7 | 2074 { |
| 2075 #if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(FEAT_CMDWIN) | |
| 2076 int n = 0; | |
| 2077 # define FDC_OFF n | |
| 2078 #else | |
| 2079 # define FDC_OFF 0 | |
| 2080 #endif | |
| 2081 | |
| 2082 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2083 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2084 { | |
| 2085 /* No check for cmdline window: should never be right-left. */ | |
| 2086 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2087 n = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2088 | |
| 2089 if (n > 0) | |
| 2090 { | |
| 2091 /* draw the fold column at the right */ | |
| 119 | 2092 if (n > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2093 n = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2094 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2095 W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2096 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2097 } | |
| 2098 # endif | |
| 2099 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2100 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2101 { | |
| 2102 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2103 | |
| 2104 /* draw the sign column left of the fold column */ | |
| 119 | 2105 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 2106 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 7 | 2107 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, |
| 2108 W_ENDCOL(wp) - nn, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp) - n, | |
| 2109 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2110 n = nn; | |
| 2111 } | |
| 2112 # endif | |
| 2113 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2114 W_WINCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2115 c2, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2116 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2117 W_ENDCOL(wp) - 1 - FDC_OFF, W_ENDCOL(wp) - FDC_OFF, | |
| 2118 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2119 } | |
| 2120 else | |
| 2121 #endif | |
| 2122 { | |
| 2123 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2124 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2125 { | |
| 2126 /* draw the cmdline character in the leftmost column */ | |
| 2127 n = 1; | |
| 2128 if (n > wp->w_width) | |
| 2129 n = wp->w_width; | |
| 2130 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2131 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + n, | |
| 2132 cmdwin_type, ' ', hl_attr(HLF_AT)); | |
| 2133 } | |
| 2134 #endif | |
| 2135 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2136 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 2137 { | |
| 2138 int nn = n + wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2139 | |
| 2140 /* draw the fold column at the left */ | |
| 2141 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2142 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2143 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2144 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2145 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2146 n = nn; | |
| 2147 } | |
| 2148 #endif | |
| 2149 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2150 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2151 { | |
| 2152 int nn = n + 2; | |
| 2153 | |
| 2154 /* draw the sign column after the fold column */ | |
| 2155 if (nn > W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2156 nn = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 2157 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2158 W_WINCOL(wp) + n, (int)W_WINCOL(wp) + nn, | |
| 2159 ' ', ' ', hl_attr(HLF_SC)); | |
| 2160 n = nn; | |
| 2161 } | |
| 2162 #endif | |
| 2163 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + endrow, | |
| 2164 W_WINCOL(wp) + FDC_OFF, (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 2165 c1, c2, hl_attr(hl)); | |
| 2166 } | |
| 2167 set_empty_rows(wp, row); | |
| 2168 } | |
| 2169 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2170 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2171 static int advance_color_col __ARGS((int vcol, int **color_cols)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2172 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2173 /* |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2174 * Advance **color_cols and return TRUE when there are columns to draw. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2175 */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2176 static int |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2177 advance_color_col(vcol, color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2178 int vcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2179 int **color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2180 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2181 while (**color_cols >= 0 && vcol > **color_cols) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2182 ++*color_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2183 return (**color_cols >= 0); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2184 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2185 #endif |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2186 |
| 7 | 2187 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING |
| 2188 /* | |
| 2189 * Display one folded line. | |
| 2190 */ | |
| 2191 static void | |
| 2192 fold_line(wp, fold_count, foldinfo, lnum, row) | |
| 2193 win_T *wp; | |
| 2194 long fold_count; | |
| 2195 foldinfo_T *foldinfo; | |
| 2196 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2197 int row; | |
| 2198 { | |
| 2199 char_u buf[51]; | |
| 2200 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 2201 linenr_T lnume = lnum + fold_count - 1; | |
| 2202 int len; | |
| 29 | 2203 char_u *text; |
| 7 | 2204 int fdc; |
| 2205 int col; | |
| 2206 int txtcol; | |
| 2207 int off = (int)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 216 | 2208 int ri; |
| 7 | 2209 |
| 2210 /* Build the fold line: | |
| 2211 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2212 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2213 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2214 * 4. Compose the text |
| 2215 * 5. Add the text | |
| 2216 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text | |
| 2217 */ | |
| 2218 col = 0; | |
| 2219 | |
| 2220 /* | |
| 2221 * 1. Add the cmdwin_type for the command-line window | |
| 2222 * Ignores 'rightleft', this window is never right-left. | |
| 2223 */ | |
| 2224 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2225 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 2226 { | |
| 2227 ScreenLines[off] = cmdwin_type; | |
| 2228 ScreenAttrs[off] = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 2229 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2230 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2231 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 2232 #endif | |
| 2233 ++col; | |
| 2234 } | |
| 2235 #endif | |
| 2236 | |
| 2237 /* | |
| 2238 * 2. Add the 'foldcolumn' | |
| 2239 */ | |
| 2240 fdc = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 2241 if (fdc > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2242 fdc = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2243 if (fdc > 0) | |
| 2244 { | |
| 2245 fill_foldcolumn(buf, wp, TRUE, lnum); | |
| 2246 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2247 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2248 { | |
| 2249 int i; | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - fdc - col, buf, fdc, | |
| 2252 hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2253 /* reverse the fold column */ | |
| 2254 for (i = 0; i < fdc; ++i) | |
| 2255 ScreenLines[off + W_WIDTH(wp) - i - 1 - col] = buf[i]; | |
| 2256 } | |
| 2257 else | |
| 2258 #endif | |
| 2259 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, fdc, hl_attr(HLF_FC)); | |
| 2260 col += fdc; | |
| 2261 } | |
| 2262 | |
| 2263 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 216 | 2264 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) if (wp->w_p_rl) \ |
| 2265 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2266 ScreenAttrs[off + (W_WIDTH(wp) - (p) - (l)) + ri] = v; \ | |
| 2267 else \ | |
| 2268 for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ | |
| 2269 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2270 #else |
| 216 | 2271 # define RL_MEMSET(p, v, l) for (ri = 0; ri < l; ++ri) \ |
| 2272 ScreenAttrs[off + (p) + ri] = v | |
| 7 | 2273 #endif |
| 2274 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2275 /* Set all attributes of the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column and the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2276 * text */ |
| 216 | 2277 RL_MEMSET(col, hl_attr(HLF_FL), W_WIDTH(wp) - col); |
| 7 | 2278 |
| 2279 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2280 /* If signs are being displayed, add two spaces. */ | |
| 2281 if (draw_signcolumn(wp)) | |
| 2282 { | |
| 2283 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2284 if (len > 0) | |
| 2285 { | |
| 2286 if (len > 2) | |
| 2287 len = 2; | |
| 2288 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2289 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2290 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2291 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, | |
| 2292 (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2293 else | |
| 2294 # endif | |
| 2295 copy_text_attr(off + col, (char_u *)" ", len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2296 col += len; | |
| 2297 } | |
| 2298 } | |
| 2299 #endif | |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2302 * 3. Add the 'number' or 'relativenumber' column |
| 7 | 2303 */ |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2304 if (wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 2305 { |
| 2306 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2307 if (len > 0) | |
| 2308 { | |
| 13 | 2309 int w = number_width(wp); |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2310 long num; |
| 13 | 2311 |
| 2312 if (len > w + 1) | |
| 2313 len = w + 1; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2314 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2315 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2316 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2317 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2318 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2319 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2320 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2321 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
2322 sprintf((char *)buf, "%*ld ", w, num); |
| 7 | 2323 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 2324 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2325 /* the line number isn't reversed */ | |
| 2326 copy_text_attr(off + W_WIDTH(wp) - len - col, buf, len, | |
| 2327 hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2328 else | |
| 2329 #endif | |
| 2330 copy_text_attr(off + col, buf, len, hl_attr(HLF_FL)); | |
| 2331 col += len; | |
| 2332 } | |
| 2333 } | |
| 2334 | |
| 2335 /* | |
| 2336 * 4. Compose the folded-line string with 'foldtext', if set. | |
| 2337 */ | |
| 29 | 2338 text = get_foldtext(wp, lnum, lnume, foldinfo, buf); |
| 7 | 2339 |
| 2340 txtcol = col; /* remember where text starts */ | |
| 2341 | |
| 2342 /* | |
| 2343 * 5. move the text to current_ScreenLine. Fill up with "fill_fold". | |
| 2344 * Right-left text is put in columns 0 - number-col, normal text is put | |
| 2345 * in columns number-col - window-width. | |
| 2346 */ | |
| 2347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2348 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 2349 { | |
| 2350 int cells; | |
| 714 | 2351 int u8c, u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 2352 int i; | |
| 7 | 2353 int idx; |
| 2354 int c_len; | |
| 33 | 2355 char_u *p; |
| 7 | 2356 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 2357 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2358 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2359 # endif | |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2362 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2363 idx = off; | |
| 2364 else | |
| 2365 # endif | |
| 2366 idx = off + col; | |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 /* Store multibyte characters in ScreenLines[] et al. correctly. */ | |
| 2369 for (p = text; *p != NUL; ) | |
| 2370 { | |
| 2371 cells = (*mb_ptr2cells)(p); | |
| 474 | 2372 c_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); |
| 7 | 2373 if (col + cells > W_WIDTH(wp) |
| 2374 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2375 - (wp->w_p_rl ? col : 0) | |
| 2376 # endif | |
| 2377 ) | |
| 2378 break; | |
| 2379 ScreenLines[idx] = *p; | |
| 2380 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2381 { | |
| 714 | 2382 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(p, u8cc); |
| 2383 if (*p < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) | |
| 7 | 2384 { |
| 2385 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = 0; | |
| 2386 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2387 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2388 #endif | |
| 2389 } | |
| 2390 else | |
| 2391 { | |
| 2392 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2393 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 2394 { | |
| 2395 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 2396 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 2397 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 2398 int firstbyte = *p; |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 2401 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 2402 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2403 { | |
| 2404 pc = prev_c; | |
| 2405 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 2406 nc = utf_ptr2char(p + c_len); | |
| 714 | 2407 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 2408 } |
| 2409 else | |
| 2410 { | |
| 714 | 2411 pc = utfc_ptr2char(p + c_len, pcc); |
| 7 | 2412 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 2413 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 2414 } |
| 2415 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2416 | |
| 714 | 2417 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &firstbyte, &u8cc[0], |
| 7 | 2418 pc, pc1, nc); |
| 2419 ScreenLines[idx] = firstbyte; | |
| 2420 } | |
| 2421 else | |
| 2422 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 2423 #endif | |
| 2424 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ | |
| 1401 | 2425 #ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 2426 if (u8c >= 0x10000) |
| 2427 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = (cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 2428 else | |
| 1401 | 2429 #endif |
| 7 | 2430 ScreenLinesUC[idx] = u8c; |
| 714 | 2431 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 2432 { | |
| 2433 ScreenLinesC[i][idx] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 2434 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 2435 break; | |
| 2436 } | |
| 7 | 2437 } |
| 2438 if (cells > 1) | |
| 2439 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = 0; | |
| 2440 } | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2441 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && *p == 0x8e) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2442 /* double-byte single width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2443 ScreenLines2[idx] = p[1]; |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2444 else if (cells > 1) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2445 /* double-width character */ |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
2446 ScreenLines[idx + 1] = p[1]; |
| 7 | 2447 col += cells; |
| 2448 idx += cells; | |
| 2449 p += c_len; | |
| 2450 } | |
| 2451 } | |
| 2452 else | |
| 2453 #endif | |
| 2454 { | |
| 2455 len = (int)STRLEN(text); | |
| 2456 if (len > W_WIDTH(wp) - col) | |
| 2457 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 2458 if (len > 0) | |
| 2459 { | |
| 2460 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2461 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2462 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine, text, len); | |
| 2463 else | |
| 2464 #endif | |
| 2465 STRNCPY(current_ScreenLine + col, text, len); | |
| 2466 col += len; | |
| 2467 } | |
| 2468 } | |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 /* Fill the rest of the line with the fold filler */ | |
| 2471 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2472 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 2473 col -= txtcol; | |
| 2474 #endif | |
| 2475 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp) | |
| 2476 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 2477 - (wp->w_p_rl ? txtcol : 0) | |
| 2478 #endif | |
| 2479 ) | |
| 2480 { | |
| 2481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2482 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2483 { | |
| 2484 if (fill_fold >= 0x80) | |
| 2485 { | |
| 2486 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = fill_fold; | |
| 714 | 2487 ScreenLinesC[0][off + col] = 0; |
| 7 | 2488 } |
| 2489 else | |
| 2490 ScreenLinesUC[off + col] = 0; | |
| 2491 } | |
| 2492 #endif | |
| 2493 ScreenLines[off + col++] = fill_fold; | |
| 2494 } | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 if (text != buf) | |
| 2497 vim_free(text); | |
| 2498 | |
| 2499 /* | |
| 2500 * 6. set highlighting for the Visual area an other text. | |
| 2501 * If all folded lines are in the Visual area, highlight the line. | |
| 2502 */ | |
| 2503 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2504 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2505 { | |
| 2506 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2509 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2510 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2511 } | |
| 2512 else | |
| 2513 { | |
| 2514 /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2515 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2516 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2517 } | |
| 2518 if (lnum >= top->lnum | |
| 2519 && lnume <= bot->lnum | |
| 2520 && (VIsual_mode != 'v' | |
| 2521 || ((lnum > top->lnum | |
| 2522 || (lnum == top->lnum | |
| 2523 && top->col == 0)) | |
| 2524 && (lnume < bot->lnum | |
| 2525 || (lnume == bot->lnum | |
| 2526 && (bot->col - (*p_sel == 'e')) | |
| 1883 | 2527 >= (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnume, FALSE))))))) |
| 7 | 2528 { |
| 2529 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) | |
| 2530 { | |
| 2531 /* Visual block mode: highlight the chars part of the block */ | |
| 2532 if (wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2533 { | |
| 2534 if (wp->w_old_cursor_lcol + txtcol < (colnr_T)W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2535 len = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2536 else | |
| 2537 len = W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol; | |
| 2538 RL_MEMSET(wp->w_old_cursor_fcol + txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), | |
| 230 | 2539 len - (int)wp->w_old_cursor_fcol); |
| 7 | 2540 } |
| 2541 } | |
| 2542 else | |
| 216 | 2543 { |
| 7 | 2544 /* Set all attributes of the text */ |
| 216 | 2545 RL_MEMSET(txtcol, hl_attr(HLF_V), W_WIDTH(wp) - txtcol); |
| 2546 } | |
| 7 | 2547 } |
| 2548 } | |
| 2549 #endif | |
| 2550 | |
| 743 | 2551 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 2552 /* Show 'cursorcolumn' in the fold line. */ | |
| 1725 | 2553 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
| 2554 { | |
| 2555 txtcol += wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 2556 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 2557 txtcol -= wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 2558 else | |
| 2559 txtcol -= wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 2560 if (txtcol >= 0 && txtcol < W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 2561 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol] = hl_combine_attr( | |
| 2562 ScreenAttrs[off + txtcol], hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); | |
| 2563 } | |
| 743 | 2564 #endif |
| 7 | 2565 |
| 2566 SCREEN_LINE(row + W_WINROW(wp), W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 2567 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), FALSE); | |
| 2568 | |
| 2569 /* | |
| 2570 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 2571 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 2572 */ | |
| 2573 if (wp == curwin | |
| 2574 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 2575 && lnume >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 2576 { | |
| 2577 curwin->w_cline_row = row; | |
| 2578 curwin->w_cline_height = 1; | |
| 2579 curwin->w_cline_folded = TRUE; | |
| 2580 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 2581 } | |
| 2582 } | |
| 2583 | |
| 2584 /* | |
| 2585 * Copy "buf[len]" to ScreenLines["off"] and set attributes to "attr". | |
| 2586 */ | |
| 2587 static void | |
| 2588 copy_text_attr(off, buf, len, attr) | |
| 2589 int off; | |
| 2590 char_u *buf; | |
| 2591 int len; | |
| 2592 int attr; | |
| 2593 { | |
| 216 | 2594 int i; |
| 2595 | |
| 7 | 2596 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off, buf, (size_t)len); |
| 2597 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2598 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 2599 vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, sizeof(u8char_T) * (size_t)len); | |
| 2600 # endif | |
| 216 | 2601 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) |
| 2602 ScreenAttrs[off + i] = attr; | |
| 7 | 2603 } |
| 2604 | |
| 2605 /* | |
| 2606 * Fill the foldcolumn at "p" for window "wp". | |
| 548 | 2607 * Only to be called when 'foldcolumn' > 0. |
| 7 | 2608 */ |
| 2609 static void | |
| 2610 fill_foldcolumn(p, wp, closed, lnum) | |
| 2611 char_u *p; | |
| 2612 win_T *wp; | |
| 2613 int closed; /* TRUE of FALSE */ | |
| 2614 linenr_T lnum; /* current line number */ | |
| 2615 { | |
| 2616 int i = 0; | |
| 2617 int level; | |
| 2618 int first_level; | |
| 519 | 2619 int empty; |
| 7 | 2620 |
| 2621 /* Init to all spaces. */ | |
| 2622 copy_spaces(p, (size_t)wp->w_p_fdc); | |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 level = win_foldinfo.fi_level; | |
| 2625 if (level > 0) | |
| 2626 { | |
| 519 | 2627 /* If there is only one column put more info in it. */ |
| 2628 empty = (wp->w_p_fdc == 1) ? 0 : 1; | |
| 2629 | |
| 7 | 2630 /* If the column is too narrow, we start at the lowest level that |
| 2631 * fits and use numbers to indicated the depth. */ | |
| 519 | 2632 first_level = level - wp->w_p_fdc - closed + 1 + empty; |
| 7 | 2633 if (first_level < 1) |
| 2634 first_level = 1; | |
| 2635 | |
| 519 | 2636 for (i = 0; i + empty < wp->w_p_fdc; ++i) |
| 7 | 2637 { |
| 2638 if (win_foldinfo.fi_lnum == lnum | |
| 2639 && first_level + i >= win_foldinfo.fi_low_level) | |
| 2640 p[i] = '-'; | |
| 2641 else if (first_level == 1) | |
| 2642 p[i] = '|'; | |
| 2643 else if (first_level + i <= 9) | |
| 2644 p[i] = '0' + first_level + i; | |
| 2645 else | |
| 2646 p[i] = '>'; | |
| 2647 if (first_level + i == level) | |
| 2648 break; | |
| 2649 } | |
| 2650 } | |
| 2651 if (closed) | |
| 548 | 2652 p[i >= wp->w_p_fdc ? i - 1 : i] = '+'; |
| 7 | 2653 } |
| 2654 #endif /* FEAT_FOLDING */ | |
| 2655 | |
| 2656 /* | |
| 2657 * Display line "lnum" of window 'wp' on the screen. | |
| 2658 * Start at row "startrow", stop when "endrow" is reached. | |
| 2659 * wp->w_virtcol needs to be valid. | |
| 2660 * | |
| 2661 * Return the number of last row the line occupies. | |
| 2662 */ | |
| 2663 static int | |
| 625 | 2664 win_line(wp, lnum, startrow, endrow, nochange) |
| 7 | 2665 win_T *wp; |
| 2666 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 2667 int startrow; | |
| 2668 int endrow; | |
| 1883 | 2669 int nochange UNUSED; /* not updating for changed text */ |
| 7 | 2670 { |
| 2671 int col; /* visual column on screen */ | |
| 2672 unsigned off; /* offset in ScreenLines/ScreenAttrs */ | |
| 2673 int c = 0; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 2674 long vcol = 0; /* virtual column (for tabs) */ | |
| 2675 long vcol_prev = -1; /* "vcol" of previous character */ | |
| 2676 char_u *line; /* current line */ | |
| 2677 char_u *ptr; /* current position in "line" */ | |
| 2678 int row; /* row in the window, excl w_winrow */ | |
| 2679 int screen_row; /* row on the screen, incl w_winrow */ | |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 char_u extra[18]; /* "%ld" and 'fdc' must fit in here */ | |
| 2682 int n_extra = 0; /* number of extra chars */ | |
| 1340 | 2683 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* string of extra chars, plus NUL */ |
| 7 | 2684 int c_extra = NUL; /* extra chars, all the same */ |
| 2685 int extra_attr = 0; /* attributes when n_extra != 0 */ | |
| 2686 static char_u *at_end_str = (char_u *)""; /* used for p_extra when | |
| 2687 displaying lcs_eol at end-of-line */ | |
| 2688 int lcs_eol_one = lcs_eol; /* lcs_eol until it's been used */ | |
| 2689 int lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; /* lcs_prec until it's been used */ | |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 /* saved "extra" items for when draw_state becomes WL_LINE (again) */ | |
| 2692 int saved_n_extra = 0; | |
| 2693 char_u *saved_p_extra = NULL; | |
| 2694 int saved_c_extra = 0; | |
| 2695 int saved_char_attr = 0; | |
| 2696 | |
| 2697 int n_attr = 0; /* chars with special attr */ | |
| 2698 int saved_attr2 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr */ | |
| 2699 int n_attr3 = 0; /* chars with overruling special attr */ | |
| 2700 int saved_attr3 = 0; /* char_attr saved for n_attr3 */ | |
| 2701 | |
| 2702 int n_skip = 0; /* nr of chars to skip for 'nowrap' */ | |
| 2703 | |
| 2704 int fromcol, tocol; /* start/end of inverting */ | |
| 2705 int fromcol_prev = -2; /* start of inverting after cursor */ | |
| 2706 int noinvcur = FALSE; /* don't invert the cursor */ | |
| 2707 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2708 pos_T *top, *bot; | |
| 1813 | 2709 int lnum_in_visual_area = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2710 #endif |
| 2711 pos_T pos; | |
| 2712 long v; | |
| 2713 | |
| 2714 int char_attr = 0; /* attributes for next character */ | |
| 674 | 2715 int attr_pri = FALSE; /* char_attr has priority */ |
| 7 | 2716 int area_highlighting = FALSE; /* Visual or incsearch highlighting |
| 2717 in this line */ | |
| 2718 int attr = 0; /* attributes for area highlighting */ | |
| 2719 int area_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by highlighting */ | |
| 2720 int search_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by 'hlsearch' */ | |
| 2721 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 743 | 2722 int vcol_save_attr = 0; /* saved attr for 'cursorcolumn' */ |
| 7 | 2723 int syntax_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by syntax */ |
| 2724 int has_syntax = FALSE; /* this buffer has syntax highl. */ | |
| 2725 int save_did_emsg; | |
| 1437 | 2726 int eol_hl_off = 0; /* 1 if highlighted char after EOL */ |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2727 int draw_color_col = FALSE; /* highlight colorcolumn */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2728 int *color_cols = NULL; /* pointer to according columns array */ |
| 743 | 2729 #endif |
| 2730 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 221 | 2731 int has_spell = FALSE; /* this buffer has spell checking */ |
| 348 | 2732 # define SPWORDLEN 150 |
| 2733 char_u nextline[SPWORDLEN * 2];/* text with start of the next line */ | |
| 353 | 2734 int nextlinecol = 0; /* column where nextline[] starts */ |
| 2735 int nextline_idx = 0; /* index in nextline[] where next line | |
| 348 | 2736 starts */ |
| 221 | 2737 int spell_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by spelling */ |
| 2738 int word_end = 0; /* last byte with same spell_attr */ | |
| 378 | 2739 static linenr_T checked_lnum = 0; /* line number for "checked_col" */ |
| 2740 static int checked_col = 0; /* column in "checked_lnum" up to which | |
| 348 | 2741 * there are no spell errors */ |
| 386 | 2742 static int cap_col = -1; /* column to check for Cap word */ |
| 2743 static linenr_T capcol_lnum = 0; /* line number where "cap_col" used */ | |
| 348 | 2744 int cur_checked_col = 0; /* checked column for current line */ |
| 7 | 2745 #endif |
| 2746 int extra_check; /* has syntax or linebreak */ | |
| 2747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 2748 int multi_attr = 0; /* attributes desired by multibyte */ | |
| 2749 int mb_l = 1; /* multi-byte byte length */ | |
| 2750 int mb_c = 0; /* decoded multi-byte character */ | |
| 2751 int mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* screen char is UTF-8 char */ | |
| 714 | 2752 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing UTF-8 chars */ |
| 7 | 2753 #endif |
| 2754 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 2755 int filler_lines; /* nr of filler lines to be drawn */ | |
| 2756 int filler_todo; /* nr of filler lines still to do + 1 */ | |
| 534 | 2757 hlf_T diff_hlf = (hlf_T)0; /* type of diff highlighting */ |
| 7 | 2758 int change_start = MAXCOL; /* first col of changed area */ |
| 2759 int change_end = -1; /* last col of changed area */ | |
| 2760 #endif | |
| 2761 colnr_T trailcol = MAXCOL; /* start of trailing spaces */ | |
| 2762 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2763 int need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 2764 #endif | |
| 910 | 2765 #if defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || (defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)) \ |
| 2766 || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 7 | 2767 # define LINE_ATTR |
| 1536 | 2768 int line_attr = 0; /* attribute for the whole line */ |
| 7 | 2769 #endif |
| 2770 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 1326 | 2771 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 2772 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 2773 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 2774 has been processed or not */ | |
| 2775 int prevcol_hl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether prevcol | |
| 2776 equals startcol of search_hl or one | |
| 2777 of the matches */ | |
| 7 | 2778 #endif |
| 2779 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 2780 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 2781 int prev_c1 = 0; /* first composing char for prev_c */ | |
| 2782 #endif | |
| 910 | 2783 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 2784 int did_line_attr = 0; |
| 2785 #endif | |
| 7 | 2786 |
| 2787 /* draw_state: items that are drawn in sequence: */ | |
| 2788 #define WL_START 0 /* nothing done yet */ | |
| 2789 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 2790 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START + 1 /* cmdline window column */ | |
| 2791 #else | |
| 2792 # define WL_CMDLINE WL_START | |
| 2793 #endif | |
| 2794 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 2795 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE + 1 /* 'foldcolumn' */ | |
| 2796 #else | |
| 2797 # define WL_FOLD WL_CMDLINE | |
| 2798 #endif | |
| 2799 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 2800 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD + 1 /* column for signs */ | |
| 2801 #else | |
| 2802 # define WL_SIGN WL_FOLD /* column for signs */ | |
| 2803 #endif | |
| 2804 #define WL_NR WL_SIGN + 1 /* line number */ | |
| 2805 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 2806 # define WL_SBR WL_NR + 1 /* 'showbreak' or 'diff' */ | |
| 2807 #else | |
| 2808 # define WL_SBR WL_NR | |
| 2809 #endif | |
| 2810 #define WL_LINE WL_SBR + 1 /* text in the line */ | |
| 2811 int draw_state = WL_START; /* what to draw next */ | |
| 574 | 2812 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 2813 int feedback_col = 0; |
| 2814 int feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 2815 #endif | |
| 2816 | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2817 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2818 int syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
2819 int syntax_seqnr = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
2820 int prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2821 int conceal_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CONCEAL); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2822 int is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2823 int boguscols = 0; /* nonexistent columns added to force |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2824 wrapping */ |
|
2409
0ca06a92adfb
Add support for horizontal scroll wheel. (Bjorn Winckler)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2400
diff
changeset
|
2825 int vcol_off = 0; /* offset for concealed characters */ |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
2826 int did_wcol = FALSE; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2827 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol - vcol_off) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2828 #else |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2829 # define VCOL_HLC (vcol) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2830 #endif |
| 7 | 2831 |
| 2832 if (startrow > endrow) /* past the end already! */ | |
| 2833 return startrow; | |
| 2834 | |
| 2835 row = startrow; | |
| 2836 screen_row = row + W_WINROW(wp); | |
| 2837 | |
| 2838 /* | |
| 2839 * To speed up the loop below, set extra_check when there is linebreak, | |
| 2840 * trailing white space and/or syntax processing to be done. | |
| 2841 */ | |
| 2842 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 2843 extra_check = wp->w_p_lbr; | |
| 2844 #else | |
| 2845 extra_check = 0; | |
| 2846 #endif | |
| 2847 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2848 if (syntax_present(wp) && !wp->w_s->b_syn_error) |
| 7 | 2849 { |
| 2850 /* Prepare for syntax highlighting in this line. When there is an | |
| 2851 * error, stop syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 2852 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 2853 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 2854 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 2855 if (did_emsg) | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2856 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2857 else |
| 2858 { | |
| 2859 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 2860 has_syntax = TRUE; | |
| 2861 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 2862 } | |
| 2863 } | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2865 /* Check for columns to display for 'colorcolumn'. */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2866 color_cols = wp->w_p_cc_cols; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
2867 if (color_cols != NULL) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
2868 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
| 743 | 2869 #endif |
| 2870 | |
| 2871 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 258 | 2872 if (wp->w_p_spell |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2873 && *wp->w_s->b_p_spl != NUL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2874 && wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_len > 0 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
2875 && *(char **)(wp->w_s->b_langp.ga_data) != NULL) |
| 221 | 2876 { |
| 2877 /* Prepare for spell checking. */ | |
| 2878 has_spell = TRUE; | |
| 2879 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 348 | 2880 |
| 2881 /* Get the start of the next line, so that words that wrap to the next | |
| 2882 * line are found too: "et<line-break>al.". | |
| 2883 * Trick: skip a few chars for C/shell/Vim comments */ | |
| 2884 nextline[SPWORDLEN] = NUL; | |
| 2885 if (lnum < wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 2886 { | |
| 2887 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum + 1, FALSE); | |
| 2888 spell_cat_line(nextline + SPWORDLEN, line, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 2889 } | |
| 2890 | |
| 2891 /* When a word wrapped from the previous line the start of the current | |
| 2892 * line is valid. */ | |
| 2893 if (lnum == checked_lnum) | |
| 2894 cur_checked_col = checked_col; | |
| 2895 checked_lnum = 0; | |
| 386 | 2896 |
| 2897 /* When there was a sentence end in the previous line may require a | |
| 2898 * word starting with capital in this line. In line 1 always check | |
| 2899 * the first word. */ | |
| 2900 if (lnum != capcol_lnum) | |
| 2901 cap_col = -1; | |
| 2902 if (lnum == 1) | |
| 2903 cap_col = 0; | |
| 2904 capcol_lnum = 0; | |
| 221 | 2905 } |
| 7 | 2906 #endif |
| 2907 | |
| 2908 /* | |
| 2909 * handle visual active in this window | |
| 2910 */ | |
| 2911 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2912 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2913 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 2914 if (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 2915 { | |
| 2916 /* Visual is after curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2917 if (ltoreq(curwin->w_cursor, VIsual)) | |
| 2918 { | |
| 2919 top = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2920 bot = &VIsual; | |
| 2921 } | |
| 2922 else /* Visual is before curwin->w_cursor */ | |
| 2923 { | |
| 2924 top = &VIsual; | |
| 2925 bot = &curwin->w_cursor; | |
| 2926 } | |
| 1813 | 2927 lnum_in_visual_area = (lnum >= top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum); |
| 7 | 2928 if (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) /* block mode */ |
| 2929 { | |
| 1813 | 2930 if (lnum_in_visual_area) |
| 7 | 2931 { |
| 2932 fromcol = wp->w_old_cursor_fcol; | |
| 2933 tocol = wp->w_old_cursor_lcol; | |
| 2934 } | |
| 2935 } | |
| 2936 else /* non-block mode */ | |
| 2937 { | |
| 2938 if (lnum > top->lnum && lnum <= bot->lnum) | |
| 2939 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2940 else if (lnum == top->lnum) | |
| 2941 { | |
| 2942 if (VIsual_mode == 'V') /* linewise */ | |
| 2943 fromcol = 0; | |
| 2944 else | |
| 2945 { | |
| 2946 getvvcol(wp, top, (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2947 if (gchar_pos(top) == NUL) | |
| 2948 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 2949 } | |
| 2950 } | |
| 2951 if (VIsual_mode != 'V' && lnum == bot->lnum) | |
| 2952 { | |
| 2953 if (*p_sel == 'e' && bot->col == 0 | |
| 2954 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 2955 && bot->coladd == 0 | |
| 2956 #endif | |
| 2957 ) | |
| 2958 { | |
| 2959 fromcol = -10; | |
| 2960 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 2961 } | |
| 36 | 2962 else if (bot->col == MAXCOL) |
| 2963 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 2964 else |
| 2965 { | |
| 2966 pos = *bot; | |
| 2967 if (*p_sel == 'e') | |
| 2968 getvvcol(wp, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 2969 else | |
| 2970 { | |
| 2971 getvvcol(wp, &pos, NULL, NULL, (colnr_T *)&tocol); | |
| 2972 ++tocol; | |
| 2973 } | |
| 2974 } | |
| 2975 } | |
| 2976 } | |
| 2977 | |
| 2978 #ifndef MSDOS | |
| 2979 /* Check if the character under the cursor should not be inverted */ | |
| 2980 if (!highlight_match && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && wp == curwin | |
| 2981 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 2982 && !gui.in_use | |
| 2983 # endif | |
| 2984 ) | |
| 2985 noinvcur = TRUE; | |
| 2986 #endif | |
| 2987 | |
| 2988 /* if inverting in this line set area_highlighting */ | |
| 2989 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 2990 { | |
| 2991 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 2992 attr = hl_attr(HLF_V); | |
| 2993 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) && defined(FEAT_X11) | |
| 2994 if (clip_star.available && !clip_star.owned && clip_isautosel()) | |
| 2995 attr = hl_attr(HLF_VNC); | |
| 2996 #endif | |
| 2997 } | |
| 2998 } | |
| 2999 | |
| 3000 /* | |
| 674 | 3001 * handle 'incsearch' and ":s///c" highlighting |
| 7 | 3002 */ |
| 3003 else | |
| 3004 #endif /* FEAT_VISUAL */ | |
| 3005 if (highlight_match | |
| 3006 && wp == curwin | |
| 3007 && lnum >= curwin->w_cursor.lnum | |
| 3008 && lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3009 { | |
| 3010 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3011 getvcol(curwin, &(curwin->w_cursor), | |
| 3012 (colnr_T *)&fromcol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3013 else | |
| 3014 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3015 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum + search_match_lines) | |
| 3016 { | |
| 3017 pos.lnum = lnum; | |
| 3018 pos.col = search_match_endcol; | |
| 3019 getvcol(curwin, &pos, (colnr_T *)&tocol, NULL, NULL); | |
| 3020 } | |
| 3021 else | |
| 3022 tocol = MAXCOL; | |
| 1850 | 3023 /* do at least one character; happens when past end of line */ |
| 3024 if (fromcol == tocol) | |
| 3025 tocol = fromcol + 1; | |
| 7 | 3026 area_highlighting = TRUE; |
| 3027 attr = hl_attr(HLF_I); | |
| 3028 } | |
| 3029 | |
| 3030 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3031 filler_lines = diff_check(wp, lnum); | |
| 3032 if (filler_lines < 0) | |
| 3033 { | |
| 3034 if (filler_lines == -1) | |
| 3035 { | |
| 3036 if (diff_find_change(wp, lnum, &change_start, &change_end)) | |
| 3037 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3038 else if (change_start == 0) | |
| 3039 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ | |
| 3040 else | |
| 3041 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ | |
| 3042 } | |
| 3043 else | |
| 3044 diff_hlf = HLF_ADD; /* added line */ | |
| 3045 filler_lines = 0; | |
| 3046 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3047 } | |
| 3048 if (lnum == wp->w_topline) | |
| 3049 filler_lines = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 3050 filler_todo = filler_lines; | |
| 3051 #endif | |
| 3052 | |
| 3053 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3054 # ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3055 /* If this line has a sign with line highlighting set line_attr. */ | |
| 3056 v = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, SIGN_LINEHL); | |
| 3057 if (v != 0) | |
| 3058 line_attr = sign_get_attr((int)v, TRUE); | |
| 3059 # endif | |
| 3060 # if defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) | |
| 3061 /* Highlight the current line in the quickfix window. */ | |
| 644 | 3062 if (bt_quickfix(wp->w_buffer) && qf_current_entry(wp) == lnum) |
| 7 | 3063 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); |
| 3064 # endif | |
| 3065 if (line_attr != 0) | |
| 3066 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3067 #endif | |
| 3068 | |
| 3069 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3070 ptr = line; | |
| 3071 | |
| 743 | 3072 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 348 | 3073 if (has_spell) |
| 3074 { | |
| 386 | 3075 /* For checking first word with a capital skip white space. */ |
| 3076 if (cap_col == 0) | |
| 835 | 3077 cap_col = (int)(skipwhite(line) - line); |
| 386 | 3078 |
| 348 | 3079 /* To be able to spell-check over line boundaries copy the end of the |
| 3080 * current line into nextline[]. Above the start of the next line was | |
| 3081 * copied to nextline[SPWORDLEN]. */ | |
| 3082 if (nextline[SPWORDLEN] == NUL) | |
| 3083 { | |
| 3084 /* No next line or it is empty. */ | |
| 3085 nextlinecol = MAXCOL; | |
| 3086 nextline_idx = 0; | |
| 3087 } | |
| 3088 else | |
| 3089 { | |
| 835 | 3090 v = (long)STRLEN(line); |
| 348 | 3091 if (v < SPWORDLEN) |
| 3092 { | |
| 3093 /* Short line, use it completely and append the start of the | |
| 3094 * next line. */ | |
| 3095 nextlinecol = 0; | |
| 3096 mch_memmove(nextline, line, (size_t)v); | |
| 1621 | 3097 STRMOVE(nextline + v, nextline + SPWORDLEN); |
| 348 | 3098 nextline_idx = v + 1; |
| 3099 } | |
| 3100 else | |
| 3101 { | |
| 3102 /* Long line, use only the last SPWORDLEN bytes. */ | |
| 3103 nextlinecol = v - SPWORDLEN; | |
| 3104 mch_memmove(nextline, line + nextlinecol, SPWORDLEN); | |
| 3105 nextline_idx = SPWORDLEN + 1; | |
| 3106 } | |
| 3107 } | |
| 3108 } | |
| 3109 #endif | |
| 3110 | |
| 7 | 3111 /* find start of trailing whitespace */ |
| 3112 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_trail) | |
| 3113 { | |
| 3114 trailcol = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ptr); | |
| 3115 while (trailcol > (colnr_T)0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[trailcol - 1])) | |
| 3116 --trailcol; | |
| 3117 trailcol += (colnr_T) (ptr - line); | |
| 3118 extra_check = TRUE; | |
| 3119 } | |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 /* | |
| 3122 * 'nowrap' or 'wrap' and a single line that doesn't fit: Advance to the | |
| 3123 * first character to be displayed. | |
| 3124 */ | |
| 3125 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3126 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 3127 else | |
| 3128 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
| 3129 if (v > 0) | |
| 3130 { | |
| 3131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3132 char_u *prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 3133 #endif | |
| 3134 while (vcol < v && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 3135 { | |
| 3136 c = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr, (colnr_T)vcol, NULL); | |
| 3137 vcol += c; | |
| 3138 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3139 prev_ptr = ptr; | |
| 39 | 3140 #endif |
| 3141 mb_ptr_adv(ptr); | |
| 7 | 3142 } |
| 3143 | |
| 1984 | 3144 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3145 /* When: | |
| 3146 * - 'cuc' is set, or | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3147 * - 'colorcolumn' is set, or |
| 1984 | 3148 * - 'virtualedit' is set, or |
| 3149 * - the visual mode is active, | |
| 3150 * the end of the line may be before the start of the displayed part. | |
| 3151 */ | |
| 3152 if (vcol < v && ( | |
| 3153 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3154 wp->w_p_cuc | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
3155 || draw_color_col |
| 1984 | 3156 # if defined(FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT) || defined(FEAT_VISUAL) |
| 3157 || | |
| 3158 # endif | |
| 3159 # endif | |
| 3160 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 3161 virtual_active() | |
| 3162 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3163 || | |
| 3164 # endif | |
| 3165 # endif | |
| 3166 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 3167 (VIsual_active && wp->w_buffer == curwin->w_buffer) | |
| 3168 # endif | |
| 3169 )) | |
| 3170 { | |
| 7 | 3171 vcol = v; |
| 1984 | 3172 } |
| 7 | 3173 #endif |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 /* Handle a character that's not completely on the screen: Put ptr at | |
| 3176 * that character but skip the first few screen characters. */ | |
| 3177 if (vcol > v) | |
| 3178 { | |
| 3179 vcol -= c; | |
| 3180 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3181 ptr = prev_ptr; | |
| 3182 #else | |
| 3183 --ptr; | |
| 3184 #endif | |
| 3185 n_skip = v - vcol; | |
| 3186 } | |
| 3187 | |
| 3188 /* | |
| 3189 * Adjust for when the inverted text is before the screen, | |
| 3190 * and when the start of the inverted text is before the screen. | |
| 3191 */ | |
| 3192 if (tocol <= vcol) | |
| 3193 fromcol = 0; | |
| 3194 else if (fromcol >= 0 && fromcol < vcol) | |
| 3195 fromcol = vcol; | |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3198 /* When w_skipcol is non-zero, first line needs 'showbreak' */ | |
| 3199 if (wp->w_p_wrap) | |
| 3200 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 3201 #endif | |
| 743 | 3202 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 499 | 3203 /* When spell checking a word we need to figure out the start of the |
| 3204 * word and if it's badly spelled or not. */ | |
| 3205 if (has_spell) | |
| 3206 { | |
| 3207 int len; | |
| 1536 | 3208 colnr_T linecol = (colnr_T)(ptr - line); |
| 534 | 3209 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 499 | 3210 |
| 3211 pos = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 3212 wp->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; | |
| 1536 | 3213 wp->w_cursor.col = linecol; |
| 534 | 3214 len = spell_move_to(wp, FORWARD, TRUE, TRUE, &spell_hlf); |
| 1536 | 3215 |
| 3216 /* spell_move_to() may call ml_get() and make "line" invalid */ | |
| 3217 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3218 ptr = line + linecol; | |
| 3219 | |
| 530 | 3220 if (len == 0 || (int)wp->w_cursor.col > ptr - line) |
| 499 | 3221 { |
| 3222 /* no bad word found at line start, don't check until end of a | |
| 3223 * word */ | |
| 534 | 3224 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
3225 word_end = (int)(spell_to_word_end(ptr, wp) |
| 1536 | 3226 - line + 1); |
| 499 | 3227 } |
| 3228 else | |
| 534 | 3229 { |
| 499 | 3230 /* bad word found, use attributes until end of word */ |
| 3231 word_end = wp->w_cursor.col + len + 1; | |
| 3232 | |
| 534 | 3233 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 3234 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 3235 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 3236 } | |
| 499 | 3237 wp->w_cursor = pos; |
| 501 | 3238 |
| 743 | 3239 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 501 | 3240 /* Need to restart syntax highlighting for this line. */ |
| 3241 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3242 syntax_start(wp, lnum); | |
| 743 | 3243 # endif |
| 499 | 3244 } |
| 3245 #endif | |
| 7 | 3246 } |
| 3247 | |
| 3248 /* | |
| 3249 * Correct highlighting for cursor that can't be disabled. | |
| 3250 * Avoids having to check this for each character. | |
| 3251 */ | |
| 3252 if (fromcol >= 0) | |
| 3253 { | |
| 3254 if (noinvcur) | |
| 3255 { | |
| 3256 if ((colnr_T)fromcol == wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3257 { | |
| 3258 /* highlighting starts at cursor, let it start just after the | |
| 3259 * cursor */ | |
| 3260 fromcol_prev = fromcol; | |
| 3261 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3262 } | |
| 3263 else if ((colnr_T)fromcol < wp->w_virtcol) | |
| 3264 /* restart highlighting after the cursor */ | |
| 3265 fromcol_prev = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 3266 } | |
| 3267 if (fromcol >= tocol) | |
| 3268 fromcol = -1; | |
| 3269 } | |
| 3270 | |
| 3271 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3272 /* | |
| 1326 | 3273 * Handle highlighting the last used search pattern and matches. |
| 3274 * Do this for both search_hl and the match list. | |
| 7 | 3275 */ |
| 1326 | 3276 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3277 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3278 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3279 { | |
| 3280 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3281 { | |
| 3282 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3283 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3284 } | |
| 3285 else | |
| 3286 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 36 | 3287 shl->startcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3288 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; | |
| 7 | 3289 shl->attr_cur = 0; |
| 3290 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 3291 { | |
| 3292 v = (long)(ptr - line); | |
| 3293 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3294 | |
| 3295 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may have made it | |
| 3296 * invalid. */ | |
| 3297 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3298 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3299 | |
| 3300 if (shl->lnum != 0 && shl->lnum <= lnum) | |
| 3301 { | |
| 3302 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 36 | 3303 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3304 else |
| 36 | 3305 shl->startcol = 0; |
| 7 | 3306 if (lnum == shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum |
| 3307 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum) | |
| 36 | 3308 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3309 else |
| 36 | 3310 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 7 | 3311 /* Highlight one character for an empty match. */ |
| 36 | 3312 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3313 { |
| 3314 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 36 | 3315 if (has_mbyte && line[shl->endcol] != NUL) |
| 474 | 3316 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3317 else |
| 3318 #endif | |
| 36 | 3319 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3320 } |
| 36 | 3321 if ((long)shl->startcol < v) /* match at leftcol */ |
| 7 | 3322 { |
| 3323 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3324 search_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 3325 } | |
| 3326 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3327 } | |
| 3328 } | |
| 1326 | 3329 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3330 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 3331 } |
| 3332 #endif | |
| 3333 | |
| 743 | 3334 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 818 | 3335 /* Cursor line highlighting for 'cursorline'. Not when Visual mode is |
| 3336 * active, because it's not clear what is selected then. */ | |
| 3337 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && !VIsual_active) | |
| 743 | 3338 { |
| 3339 line_attr = hl_attr(HLF_CUL); | |
| 3340 area_highlighting = TRUE; | |
| 3341 } | |
| 3342 #endif | |
| 3343 | |
| 504 | 3344 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); |
| 7 | 3345 col = 0; |
| 3346 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3347 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3348 { | |
| 3349 /* Rightleft window: process the text in the normal direction, but put | |
| 3350 * it in current_ScreenLine[] from right to left. Start at the | |
| 3351 * rightmost column of the window. */ | |
| 3352 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; | |
| 3353 off += col; | |
| 3354 } | |
| 3355 #endif | |
| 3356 | |
| 3357 /* | |
| 3358 * Repeat for the whole displayed line. | |
| 3359 */ | |
| 3360 for (;;) | |
| 3361 { | |
| 3362 /* Skip this quickly when working on the text. */ | |
| 3363 if (draw_state != WL_LINE) | |
| 3364 { | |
| 3365 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN | |
| 3366 if (draw_state == WL_CMDLINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3367 { | |
| 3368 draw_state = WL_CMDLINE; | |
| 3369 if (cmdwin_type != 0 && wp == curwin) | |
| 3370 { | |
| 3371 /* Draw the cmdline character. */ | |
| 3372 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 3373 c_extra = cmdwin_type; |
| 7 | 3374 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); |
| 3375 } | |
| 3376 } | |
| 3377 #endif | |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 3380 if (draw_state == WL_FOLD - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3381 { | |
| 3382 draw_state = WL_FOLD; | |
| 3383 if (wp->w_p_fdc > 0) | |
| 3384 { | |
| 3385 /* Draw the 'foldcolumn'. */ | |
| 3386 fill_foldcolumn(extra, wp, FALSE, lnum); | |
| 3387 n_extra = wp->w_p_fdc; | |
| 3388 p_extra = extra; | |
| 1340 | 3389 p_extra[n_extra] = NUL; |
| 7 | 3390 c_extra = NUL; |
| 3391 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_FC); | |
| 3392 } | |
| 3393 } | |
| 3394 #endif | |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS | |
| 3397 if (draw_state == WL_SIGN - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3398 { | |
| 3399 draw_state = WL_SIGN; | |
| 3400 /* Show the sign column when there are any signs in this | |
| 3401 * buffer or when using Netbeans. */ | |
| 3402 if (draw_signcolumn(wp) | |
| 3403 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3404 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3405 # endif | |
| 3406 ) | |
| 3407 { | |
| 3408 int_u text_sign; | |
| 3409 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3410 int_u icon_sign; | |
| 3411 # endif | |
| 3412 | |
| 3413 /* Draw two cells with the sign value or blank. */ | |
| 3414 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 3415 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_SC); | |
| 3416 n_extra = 2; | |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 if (row == startrow) | |
| 3419 { | |
| 3420 text_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3421 SIGN_TEXT); | |
| 3422 # ifdef FEAT_SIGN_ICONS | |
| 3423 icon_sign = buf_getsigntype(wp->w_buffer, lnum, | |
| 3424 SIGN_ICON); | |
| 3425 if (gui.in_use && icon_sign != 0) | |
| 3426 { | |
| 3427 /* Use the image in this position. */ | |
| 3428 c_extra = SIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3429 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG | |
| 3430 if (buf_signcount(wp->w_buffer, lnum) > 1) | |
| 3431 c_extra = MULTISIGN_BYTE; | |
| 3432 # endif | |
| 3433 char_attr = icon_sign; | |
| 3434 } | |
| 3435 else | |
| 3436 # endif | |
| 3437 if (text_sign != 0) | |
| 3438 { | |
| 3439 p_extra = sign_get_text(text_sign); | |
| 3440 if (p_extra != NULL) | |
| 3441 { | |
| 3442 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 835 | 3443 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3444 } |
| 3445 char_attr = sign_get_attr(text_sign, FALSE); | |
| 3446 } | |
| 3447 } | |
| 3448 } | |
| 3449 } | |
| 3450 #endif | |
| 3451 | |
| 3452 if (draw_state == WL_NR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3453 { | |
| 3454 draw_state = WL_NR; | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3455 /* Display the absolute or relative line number. After the |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3456 * first fill with blanks when the 'n' flag isn't in 'cpo' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3457 if ((wp->w_p_nu || wp->w_p_rnu) |
| 7 | 3458 && (row == startrow |
| 3459 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3460 + filler_lines | |
| 3461 #endif | |
| 3462 || vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_NUMCOL) == NULL)) | |
| 3463 { | |
| 3464 /* Draw the line number (empty space after wrapping). */ | |
| 3465 if (row == startrow | |
| 3466 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3467 + filler_lines | |
| 3468 #endif | |
| 3469 ) | |
| 3470 { | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3471 long num; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3472 |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3473 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3474 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3475 num = (long)lnum; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3476 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3477 /* 'relativenumber', don't use negative numbers */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3478 num = (long)abs((int)get_cursor_rel_lnum(wp, |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3479 lnum)); |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3480 |
| 13 | 3481 sprintf((char *)extra, "%*ld ", |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
3482 number_width(wp), num); |
| 7 | 3483 if (wp->w_skipcol > 0) |
| 3484 for (p_extra = extra; *p_extra == ' '; ++p_extra) | |
| 3485 *p_extra = '-'; | |
| 3486 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3487 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse line numbers */ | |
| 3488 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 3489 #endif | |
| 3490 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3491 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3492 } | |
| 3493 else | |
| 3494 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 13 | 3495 n_extra = number_width(wp) + 1; |
| 7 | 3496 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_N); |
| 743 | 3497 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 3498 /* When 'cursorline' is set highlight the line number of | |
| 3499 * the current line differently. */ | |
| 3500 if (wp->w_p_cul && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 3501 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(hl_attr(HLF_CUL), char_attr); | |
| 3502 #endif | |
| 7 | 3503 } |
| 3504 } | |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(FEAT_DIFF) | |
| 3507 if (draw_state == WL_SBR - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3508 { | |
| 3509 draw_state = WL_SBR; | |
| 3510 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 3511 if (filler_todo > 0) | |
| 3512 { | |
| 3513 /* Draw "deleted" diff line(s). */ | |
| 3514 if (char2cells(fill_diff) > 1) | |
| 3515 c_extra = '-'; | |
| 3516 else | |
| 3517 c_extra = fill_diff; | |
| 3518 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3519 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3520 n_extra = col + 1; | |
| 3521 else | |
| 3522 # endif | |
| 3523 n_extra = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 3524 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_DED); | |
| 3525 } | |
| 3526 # endif | |
| 3527 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 3528 if (*p_sbr != NUL && need_showbreak) | |
| 3529 { | |
| 3530 /* Draw 'showbreak' at the start of each broken line. */ | |
| 3531 p_extra = p_sbr; | |
| 3532 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3533 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_sbr); | |
| 3534 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3535 need_showbreak = FALSE; | |
| 3536 /* Correct end of highlighted area for 'showbreak', | |
| 3537 * required when 'linebreak' is also set. */ | |
| 3538 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 3539 tocol += n_extra; | |
| 3540 } | |
| 3541 # endif | |
| 3542 } | |
| 3543 #endif | |
| 3544 | |
| 3545 if (draw_state == WL_LINE - 1 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 3546 { | |
| 3547 draw_state = WL_LINE; | |
| 3548 if (saved_n_extra) | |
| 3549 { | |
| 3550 /* Continue item from end of wrapped line. */ | |
| 3551 n_extra = saved_n_extra; | |
| 3552 c_extra = saved_c_extra; | |
| 3553 p_extra = saved_p_extra; | |
| 3554 char_attr = saved_char_attr; | |
| 3555 } | |
| 3556 else | |
| 3557 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3558 } | |
| 3559 } | |
| 3560 | |
| 3561 /* When still displaying '$' of change command, stop at cursor */ | |
| 819 | 3562 if (dollar_vcol != 0 && wp == curwin |
| 3563 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum && vcol >= (long)wp->w_virtcol | |
| 7 | 3564 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 3565 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 3566 #endif | |
| 3567 ) | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, -(int)W_WIDTH(wp), | |
| 3570 wp->w_p_rl); | |
| 819 | 3571 /* Pretend we have finished updating the window. Except when |
| 3572 * 'cursorcolumn' is set. */ | |
| 3573 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3574 if (wp->w_p_cuc) | |
| 3575 row = wp->w_cline_row + wp->w_cline_height; | |
| 3576 else | |
| 3577 #endif | |
| 3578 row = wp->w_height; | |
| 7 | 3579 break; |
| 3580 } | |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && area_highlighting) | |
| 3583 { | |
| 3584 /* handle Visual or match highlighting in this line */ | |
| 3585 if (vcol == fromcol | |
| 3586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3587 || (has_mbyte && vcol + 1 == fromcol && n_extra == 0 | |
| 3588 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ptr) > 1) | |
| 3589 #endif | |
| 3590 || ((int)vcol_prev == fromcol_prev | |
| 1814 | 3591 && vcol_prev < vcol /* not at margin */ |
| 7 | 3592 && vcol < tocol)) |
| 3593 area_attr = attr; /* start highlighting */ | |
| 3594 else if (area_attr != 0 | |
| 3595 && (vcol == tocol | |
| 3596 || (noinvcur && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) | |
| 3597 area_attr = 0; /* stop highlighting */ | |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 3600 if (!n_extra) | |
| 3601 { | |
| 3602 /* | |
| 3603 * Check for start/end of search pattern match. | |
| 3604 * After end, check for start/end of next match. | |
| 3605 * When another match, have to check for start again. | |
| 3606 * Watch out for matching an empty string! | |
| 1326 | 3607 * Do this for 'search_hl' and the match list (ordered by |
| 3608 * priority). | |
| 7 | 3609 */ |
| 36 | 3610 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 1326 | 3611 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 3612 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3613 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3614 { | |
| 3615 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3616 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3617 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3618 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 3619 { | |
| 3620 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 3621 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 3622 } | |
| 3623 else | |
| 3624 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 3625 while (shl->rm.regprog != NULL) |
| 3626 { | |
| 36 | 3627 if (shl->startcol != MAXCOL |
| 3628 && v >= (long)shl->startcol | |
| 3629 && v < (long)shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3630 { |
| 3631 shl->attr_cur = shl->attr; | |
| 3632 } | |
| 36 | 3633 else if (v == (long)shl->endcol) |
| 7 | 3634 { |
| 3635 shl->attr_cur = 0; | |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 next_search_hl(wp, shl, lnum, (colnr_T)v); | |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp | |
| 3640 * may have made it invalid. */ | |
| 3641 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 3642 ptr = line + v; | |
| 3643 | |
| 3644 if (shl->lnum == lnum) | |
| 3645 { | |
| 36 | 3646 shl->startcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3647 if (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0) |
| 36 | 3648 shl->endcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; |
| 7 | 3649 else |
| 36 | 3650 shl->endcol = MAXCOL; |
| 3651 | |
| 3652 if (shl->startcol == shl->endcol) | |
| 7 | 3653 { |
| 3654 /* highlight empty match, try again after | |
| 3655 * it */ | |
| 3656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3657 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 474 | 3658 shl->endcol += (*mb_ptr2len)(line |
| 36 | 3659 + shl->endcol); |
| 7 | 3660 else |
| 3661 #endif | |
| 36 | 3662 ++shl->endcol; |
| 7 | 3663 } |
| 3664 | |
| 3665 /* Loop to check if the match starts at the | |
| 3666 * current position */ | |
| 3667 continue; | |
| 3668 } | |
| 3669 } | |
| 3670 break; | |
| 3671 } | |
| 1326 | 3672 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 3673 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3674 } | |
| 3675 | |
| 3676 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among | |
| 3677 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 3678 search_attr = search_hl.attr_cur; | |
| 3679 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 3680 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 3681 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 3682 { | |
| 3683 if (shl_flag == FALSE | |
| 3684 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 3685 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 3686 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 3687 { |
| 1326 | 3688 shl = &search_hl; |
| 3689 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 3690 } |
| 1326 | 3691 else |
| 3692 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 3693 if (shl->attr_cur != 0) | |
| 3694 search_attr = shl->attr_cur; | |
| 3695 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 3696 cur = cur->next; | |
| 3697 } | |
| 7 | 3698 } |
| 3699 #endif | |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 674 | 3702 if (diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0) |
| 7 | 3703 { |
| 1295 | 3704 if (diff_hlf == HLF_CHD && ptr - line >= change_start |
| 3705 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3706 diff_hlf = HLF_TXD; /* changed text */ |
| 1295 | 3707 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD && ptr - line > change_end |
| 3708 && n_extra == 0) | |
| 7 | 3709 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; /* changed line */ |
| 674 | 3710 line_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); |
| 3711 } | |
| 3712 #endif | |
| 3713 | |
| 3714 /* Decide which of the highlight attributes to use. */ | |
| 3715 attr_pri = TRUE; | |
| 3716 if (area_attr != 0) | |
| 3717 char_attr = area_attr; | |
| 3718 else if (search_attr != 0) | |
| 3719 char_attr = search_attr; | |
| 3720 #ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 3721 /* Use line_attr when not in the Visual or 'incsearch' area | |
| 3722 * (area_attr may be 0 when "noinvcur" is set). */ | |
| 3723 else if (line_attr != 0 && ((fromcol == -10 && tocol == MAXCOL) | |
| 1842 | 3724 || vcol < fromcol || vcol_prev < fromcol_prev |
| 3725 || vcol >= tocol)) | |
| 674 | 3726 char_attr = line_attr; |
| 3727 #endif | |
| 3728 else | |
| 3729 { | |
| 3730 attr_pri = FALSE; | |
| 3731 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 3732 if (has_syntax) | |
| 3733 char_attr = syntax_attr; | |
| 3734 else | |
| 3735 #endif | |
| 3736 char_attr = 0; | |
| 3737 } | |
| 7 | 3738 } |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 /* | |
| 3741 * Get the next character to put on the screen. | |
| 3742 */ | |
| 3743 /* | |
| 1340 | 3744 * The "p_extra" points to the extra stuff that is inserted to |
| 3745 * represent special characters (non-printable stuff) and other | |
| 3746 * things. When all characters are the same, c_extra is used. | |
| 3747 * "p_extra" must end in a NUL to avoid mb_ptr2len() reads past | |
| 3748 * "p_extra[n_extra]". | |
| 7 | 3749 * For the '$' of the 'list' option, n_extra == 1, p_extra == "". |
| 3750 */ | |
| 3751 if (n_extra > 0) | |
| 3752 { | |
| 3753 if (c_extra != NUL) | |
| 3754 { | |
| 3755 c = c_extra; | |
| 3756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3757 mb_c = c; /* doesn't handle non-utf-8 multi-byte! */ | |
| 3758 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 3759 { | |
| 3760 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 3761 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 3762 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3763 } |
| 3764 else | |
| 3765 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3766 #endif | |
| 3767 } | |
| 3768 else | |
| 3769 { | |
| 3770 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3772 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3773 { | |
| 3774 mb_c = c; | |
| 3775 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3776 { | |
| 3777 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: | |
| 3778 * Decode it into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3779 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p_extra); |
| 7 | 3780 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3781 if (mb_l > n_extra) | |
| 3782 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3783 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3784 { | |
| 714 | 3785 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(p_extra, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3786 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
| 819 | 3787 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 3788 } |
| 3789 } | |
| 3790 else | |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 /* if this is a DBCS character, put it in "mb_c" */ | |
| 3793 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3794 if (mb_l >= n_extra) | |
| 3795 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3796 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3797 mb_c = (c << 8) + p_extra[1]; | |
| 3798 } | |
| 504 | 3799 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ |
| 3800 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3801 | |
| 7 | 3802 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the |
| 3803 * last column. */ | |
| 504 | 3804 if (( |
| 7 | 3805 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 3806 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3807 # endif | |
| 504 | 3808 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) |
| 7 | 3809 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) |
| 3810 { | |
| 3811 c = '>'; | |
| 3812 mb_c = c; | |
| 3813 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3814 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3815 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 3816 /* put the pointer back to output the double-width | |
| 3817 * character at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 3818 ++n_extra; | |
| 3819 --p_extra; | |
| 3820 } | |
| 3821 else | |
| 3822 { | |
| 3823 n_extra -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 3824 p_extra += mb_l - 1; | |
| 3825 } | |
| 3826 } | |
| 3827 #endif | |
| 3828 ++p_extra; | |
| 3829 } | |
| 3830 --n_extra; | |
| 3831 } | |
| 3832 else | |
| 3833 { | |
| 3834 /* | |
| 3835 * Get a character from the line itself. | |
| 3836 */ | |
| 3837 c = *ptr; | |
| 3838 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 3839 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3840 { | |
| 3841 mb_c = c; | |
| 3842 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 3843 { | |
| 3844 /* If the UTF-8 character is more than one byte: Decode it | |
| 3845 * into "mb_c". */ | |
| 474 | 3846 mb_l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 3847 mb_utf8 = FALSE; |
| 3848 if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3849 { | |
| 714 | 3850 mb_c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 3851 /* Overlong encoded ASCII or ASCII with composing char |
| 3852 * is displayed normally, except a NUL. */ | |
| 3853 if (mb_c < 0x80) | |
| 3854 c = mb_c; | |
| 3855 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 507 | 3856 |
| 3857 /* At start of the line we can have a composing char. | |
| 3858 * Draw it as a space with a composing char. */ | |
| 3859 if (utf_iscomposing(mb_c)) | |
| 3860 { | |
| 1326 | 3861 int i; |
| 3862 | |
| 714 | 3863 for (i = Screen_mco - 1; i > 0; --i) |
| 3864 u8cc[i] = u8cc[i - 1]; | |
| 3865 u8cc[0] = mb_c; | |
| 507 | 3866 mb_c = ' '; |
| 3867 } | |
| 7 | 3868 } |
| 3869 | |
| 3870 if ((mb_l == 1 && c >= 0x80) | |
| 3871 || (mb_l >= 1 && mb_c == 0) | |
| 3872 || (mb_l > 1 && (!vim_isprintc(mb_c) | |
| 1401 | 3873 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 3874 || mb_c >= 0x10000 | |
| 3875 # endif | |
| 3876 ))) | |
| 7 | 3877 { |
| 3878 /* | |
| 3879 * Illegal UTF-8 byte: display as <xx>. | |
| 3880 * Non-BMP character : display as ? or fullwidth ?. | |
| 3881 */ | |
| 1401 | 3882 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3883 if (mb_c < 0x10000) |
| 1401 | 3884 # endif |
| 7 | 3885 { |
| 3886 transchar_hex(extra, mb_c); | |
| 714 | 3887 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 7 | 3888 if (wp->w_p_rl) /* reverse */ |
| 3889 rl_mirror(extra); | |
| 714 | 3890 # endif |
| 7 | 3891 } |
| 1401 | 3892 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 3893 else if (utf_char2cells(mb_c) != 2) |
| 3894 STRCPY(extra, "?"); | |
| 3895 else | |
| 3896 /* 0xff1f in UTF-8: full-width '?' */ | |
| 3897 STRCPY(extra, "\357\274\237"); | |
| 1401 | 3898 # endif |
| 7 | 3899 |
| 3900 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3901 c = *p_extra; | |
| 3902 mb_c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p_extra); | |
| 3903 mb_utf8 = (c >= 0x80); | |
| 3904 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(p_extra); | |
| 3905 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3906 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3907 { | |
| 3908 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3909 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3910 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3911 } | |
| 3912 } | |
| 3913 else if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3914 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3915 #ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 3916 else if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(mb_c)) | |
| 3917 { | |
| 3918 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 714 | 3919 int pc, pc1, nc; |
| 3920 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 3921 |
| 3922 /* The idea of what is the previous and next | |
| 3923 * character depends on 'rightleft'. */ | |
| 3924 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 3925 { | |
| 3926 pc = prev_c; | |
| 3927 pc1 = prev_c1; | |
| 3928 nc = utf_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l); | |
| 714 | 3929 prev_c1 = u8cc[0]; |
| 7 | 3930 } |
| 3931 else | |
| 3932 { | |
| 714 | 3933 pc = utfc_ptr2char(ptr + mb_l, pcc); |
| 7 | 3934 nc = prev_c; |
| 714 | 3935 pc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 7 | 3936 } |
| 3937 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3938 | |
| 714 | 3939 mb_c = arabic_shape(mb_c, &c, &u8cc[0], pc, pc1, nc); |
| 7 | 3940 } |
| 3941 else | |
| 3942 prev_c = mb_c; | |
| 3943 #endif | |
| 3944 } | |
| 3945 else /* enc_dbcs */ | |
| 3946 { | |
| 3947 mb_l = MB_BYTE2LEN(c); | |
| 3948 if (mb_l == 0) /* at the NUL at end-of-line */ | |
| 3949 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3950 else if (mb_l > 1) | |
| 3951 { | |
| 3952 /* We assume a second byte below 32 is illegal. | |
| 3953 * Hopefully this is OK for all double-byte encodings! | |
| 3954 */ | |
| 3955 if (ptr[1] >= 32) | |
| 3956 mb_c = (c << 8) + ptr[1]; | |
| 3957 else | |
| 3958 { | |
| 3959 if (ptr[1] == NUL) | |
| 3960 { | |
| 3961 /* head byte at end of line */ | |
| 3962 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3963 transchar_nonprint(extra, c); | |
| 3964 } | |
| 3965 else | |
| 3966 { | |
| 3967 /* illegal tail byte */ | |
| 3968 mb_l = 2; | |
| 3969 STRCPY(extra, "XX"); | |
| 3970 } | |
| 3971 p_extra = extra; | |
| 3972 n_extra = (int)STRLEN(extra) - 1; | |
| 3973 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 3974 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 3975 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 3976 { | |
| 3977 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 3978 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 3979 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 3980 } | |
| 3981 mb_c = c; | |
| 3982 } | |
| 3983 } | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit display a '>' in the | |
| 3986 * last column; the character is displayed at the start of the | |
| 3987 * next line. */ | |
| 3988 if (( | |
| 3989 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 3990 wp->w_p_rl ? (col <= 0) : | |
| 3991 # endif | |
| 3992 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp) - 1)) | |
| 3993 && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) == 2) | |
| 3994 { | |
| 3995 c = '>'; | |
| 3996 mb_c = c; | |
| 3997 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 3998 mb_l = 1; | |
| 3999 multi_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4000 /* Put pointer back so that the character will be | |
| 4001 * displayed at the start of the next line. */ | |
| 4002 --ptr; | |
| 4003 } | |
| 4004 else if (*ptr != NUL) | |
| 4005 ptr += mb_l - 1; | |
| 4006 | |
| 4007 /* If a double-width char doesn't fit at the left side display | |
|
2509
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4008 * a '<' in the first column. Don't do this for unprintable |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4009 * charactes. */ |
|
6d6378ba18cb
Fix: An unprintable multi-byte character at the start of the screen line
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2428
diff
changeset
|
4010 if (n_skip > 0 && mb_l > 1 && n_extra == 0) |
| 7 | 4011 { |
| 4012 n_extra = 1; | |
| 1340 | 4013 c_extra = '<'; |
| 7 | 4014 c = ' '; |
| 4015 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4016 { | |
| 4017 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4018 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4019 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4020 } | |
| 4021 mb_c = c; | |
| 4022 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4023 mb_l = 1; | |
| 4024 } | |
| 4025 | |
| 4026 } | |
| 4027 #endif | |
| 4028 ++ptr; | |
| 4029 | |
| 12 | 4030 /* 'list' : change char 160 to lcs_nbsp. */ |
| 819 | 4031 if (wp->w_p_list && (c == 160 |
| 4032 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4033 || (mb_utf8 && mb_c == 160) | |
| 4034 #endif | |
| 4035 ) && lcs_nbsp) | |
| 12 | 4036 { |
| 4037 c = lcs_nbsp; | |
| 4038 if (area_attr == 0 && search_attr == 0) | |
| 4039 { | |
| 4040 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4041 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4042 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4043 } | |
| 4044 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4045 mb_c = c; | |
| 4046 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4047 { | |
| 4048 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4049 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4050 c = 0xc0; |
| 12 | 4051 } |
| 4052 else | |
| 4053 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4054 #endif | |
| 4055 } | |
| 4056 | |
| 7 | 4057 if (extra_check) |
| 4058 { | |
| 743 | 4059 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 221 | 4060 int can_spell = TRUE; |
| 743 | 4061 #endif |
| 4062 | |
| 4063 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 7 | 4064 /* Get syntax attribute, unless still at the start of the line |
| 4065 * (double-wide char that doesn't fit). */ | |
| 221 | 4066 v = (long)(ptr - line); |
| 4067 if (has_syntax && v > 0) | |
| 7 | 4068 { |
| 4069 /* Get the syntax attribute for the character. If there | |
| 4070 * is an error, disable syntax highlighting. */ | |
| 4071 save_did_emsg = did_emsg; | |
| 4072 did_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 4073 | |
| 221 | 4074 syntax_attr = get_syntax_attr((colnr_T)v - 1, |
| 743 | 4075 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4076 has_spell ? &can_spell : |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4077 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4078 NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 4079 |
| 4080 if (did_emsg) | |
| 482 | 4081 { |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4082 wp->w_s->b_syn_error = TRUE; |
| 482 | 4083 has_syntax = FALSE; |
| 4084 } | |
| 7 | 4085 else |
| 4086 did_emsg = save_did_emsg; | |
| 4087 | |
| 4088 /* Need to get the line again, a multi-line regexp may | |
| 4089 * have made it invalid. */ | |
| 4090 line = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE); | |
| 4091 ptr = line + v; | |
| 4092 | |
| 674 | 4093 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4094 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 301 | 4095 else |
| 303 | 4096 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(syntax_attr, char_attr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4097 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4098 /* no concealing past the end of the line, it interferes |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4099 * with line highlighting */ |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4100 if (c == NUL) |
|
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4101 syntax_flags = 0; |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4102 else |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4103 syntax_flags = get_syntax_info(&syntax_seqnr); |
|
2364
151b037b7e74
Fix hang when resizing in diff mode and there are concealed items.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2359
diff
changeset
|
4104 # endif |
| 7 | 4105 } |
| 743 | 4106 #endif |
| 4107 | |
| 4108 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL | |
| 301 | 4109 /* Check spelling (unless at the end of the line). |
| 319 | 4110 * Only do this when there is no syntax highlighting, the |
| 4111 * @Spell cluster is not used or the current syntax item | |
| 4112 * contains the @Spell cluster. */ | |
| 348 | 4113 if (has_spell && v >= word_end && v > cur_checked_col) |
| 221 | 4114 { |
| 230 | 4115 spell_attr = 0; |
| 743 | 4116 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 674 | 4117 if (!attr_pri) |
| 230 | 4118 char_attr = syntax_attr; |
| 743 | 4119 # endif |
| 4120 if (c != 0 && ( | |
| 4121 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL | |
| 4122 !has_syntax || | |
| 4123 # endif | |
| 4124 can_spell)) | |
| 221 | 4125 { |
| 348 | 4126 char_u *prev_ptr, *p; |
| 4127 int len; | |
| 534 | 4128 hlf_T spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 221 | 4129 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 336 | 4130 if (has_mbyte) |
| 4131 { | |
| 4132 prev_ptr = ptr - mb_l; | |
| 4133 v -= mb_l - 1; | |
| 4134 } | |
| 4135 else | |
| 221 | 4136 # endif |
| 336 | 4137 prev_ptr = ptr - 1; |
| 348 | 4138 |
| 4139 /* Use nextline[] if possible, it has the start of the | |
| 4140 * next line concatenated. */ | |
| 4141 if ((prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol >= 0) | |
| 4142 p = nextline + (prev_ptr - line) - nextlinecol; | |
| 4143 else | |
| 4144 p = prev_ptr; | |
| 835 | 4145 cap_col -= (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 625 | 4146 len = spell_check(wp, p, &spell_hlf, &cap_col, |
| 4147 nochange); | |
| 348 | 4148 word_end = v + len; |
| 301 | 4149 |
| 4150 /* In Insert mode only highlight a word that | |
| 4151 * doesn't touch the cursor. */ | |
| 534 | 4152 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT |
| 301 | 4153 && (State & INSERT) != 0 |
| 4154 && wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum | |
| 4155 && wp->w_cursor.col >= | |
| 4156 (colnr_T)(prev_ptr - line) | |
| 4157 && wp->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)word_end) | |
| 221 | 4158 { |
| 534 | 4159 spell_hlf = HLF_COUNT; |
| 301 | 4160 spell_redraw_lnum = lnum; |
| 221 | 4161 } |
| 348 | 4162 |
| 534 | 4163 if (spell_hlf == HLF_COUNT && p != prev_ptr |
| 348 | 4164 && (p - nextline) + len > nextline_idx) |
| 4165 { | |
| 4166 /* Remember that the good word continues at the | |
| 4167 * start of the next line. */ | |
| 4168 checked_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4169 checked_col = (int)((p - nextline) + len - nextline_idx); |
| 348 | 4170 } |
| 386 | 4171 |
| 534 | 4172 /* Turn index into actual attributes. */ |
| 4173 if (spell_hlf != HLF_COUNT) | |
| 4174 spell_attr = highlight_attr[spell_hlf]; | |
| 4175 | |
| 386 | 4176 if (cap_col > 0) |
| 4177 { | |
| 4178 if (p != prev_ptr | |
| 4179 && (p - nextline) + cap_col >= nextline_idx) | |
| 4180 { | |
| 4181 /* Remember that the word in the next line | |
| 4182 * must start with a capital. */ | |
| 4183 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 835 | 4184 cap_col = (int)((p - nextline) + cap_col |
| 4185 - nextline_idx); | |
| 386 | 4186 } |
| 4187 else | |
| 4188 /* Compute the actual column. */ | |
| 835 | 4189 cap_col += (int)(prev_ptr - line); |
| 386 | 4190 } |
| 221 | 4191 } |
| 4192 } | |
| 4193 if (spell_attr != 0) | |
| 348 | 4194 { |
| 674 | 4195 if (!attr_pri) |
| 348 | 4196 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, spell_attr); |
| 4197 else | |
| 4198 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(spell_attr, char_attr); | |
| 4199 } | |
| 7 | 4200 #endif |
| 4201 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 4202 /* | |
| 221 | 4203 * Found last space before word: check for line break. |
| 7 | 4204 */ |
| 4205 if (wp->w_p_lbr && vim_isbreak(c) && !vim_isbreak(*ptr) | |
| 819 | 4206 && !wp->w_p_list) |
| 7 | 4207 { |
| 4208 n_extra = win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, ptr - ( | |
| 4209 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4210 has_mbyte ? mb_l : | |
| 4211 # endif | |
| 4212 1), (colnr_T)vcol, NULL) - 1; | |
| 4213 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4214 if (vim_iswhite(c)) | |
| 4215 c = ' '; | |
| 4216 } | |
| 4217 #endif | |
| 4218 | |
| 4219 if (trailcol != MAXCOL && ptr > line + trailcol && c == ' ') | |
| 4220 { | |
| 4221 c = lcs_trail; | |
| 674 | 4222 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4223 { |
| 4224 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4225 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4226 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4227 } | |
| 4228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4229 mb_c = c; | |
| 4230 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4231 { | |
| 4232 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4233 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4234 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4235 } |
| 4236 else | |
| 4237 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4238 #endif | |
| 4239 } | |
| 4240 } | |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 /* | |
| 4243 * Handling of non-printable characters. | |
| 4244 */ | |
| 819 | 4245 if (!(chartab[c & 0xff] & CT_PRINT_CHAR)) |
| 7 | 4246 { |
| 4247 /* | |
| 4248 * when getting a character from the file, we may have to | |
| 4249 * turn it into something else on the way to putting it | |
| 4250 * into "ScreenLines". | |
| 4251 */ | |
| 4252 if (c == TAB && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1)) | |
| 4253 { | |
| 4254 /* tab amount depends on current column */ | |
| 4255 n_extra = (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts | |
| 4256 - vcol % (int)wp->w_buffer->b_p_ts - 1; | |
| 4257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4258 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4259 #endif | |
| 4260 if (wp->w_p_list) | |
| 4261 { | |
| 4262 c = lcs_tab1; | |
| 4263 c_extra = lcs_tab2; | |
| 4264 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4265 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4266 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4268 mb_c = c; | |
| 4269 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4270 { | |
| 4271 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4272 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4273 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4274 } |
| 4275 #endif | |
| 4276 } | |
| 4277 else | |
| 4278 { | |
| 4279 c_extra = ' '; | |
| 4280 c = ' '; | |
| 4281 } | |
| 4282 } | |
| 36 | 4283 else if (c == NUL |
| 4284 && ((wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol > 0) | |
| 4285 || ((fromcol >= 0 || fromcol_prev >= 0) | |
| 4286 && tocol > vcol | |
| 39 | 4287 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 36 | 4288 && VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V |
| 39 | 4289 #endif |
| 36 | 4290 && ( |
| 4291 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4292 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4293 # endif | |
| 4294 (col < W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 4295 && !(noinvcur | |
| 1850 | 4296 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 36 | 4297 && (colnr_T)vcol == wp->w_virtcol))) |
| 4298 && lcs_eol_one >= 0) | |
| 7 | 4299 { |
| 36 | 4300 /* Display a '$' after the line or highlight an extra |
| 4301 * character if the line break is included. */ | |
| 7 | 4302 #if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 4303 /* For a diff line the highlighting continues after the | |
| 4304 * "$". */ | |
| 4305 if ( | |
| 4306 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 534 | 4307 diff_hlf == (hlf_T)0 |
| 7 | 4308 # ifdef LINE_ATTR |
| 4309 && | |
| 4310 # endif | |
| 4311 # endif | |
| 4312 # ifdef LINE_ATTR | |
| 4313 line_attr == 0 | |
| 4314 # endif | |
| 4315 ) | |
| 4316 #endif | |
| 4317 { | |
| 4318 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4319 /* In virtualedit, visual selections may extend | |
| 4320 * beyond end of line. */ | |
| 4321 if (area_highlighting && virtual_active() | |
| 4322 && tocol != MAXCOL && vcol < tocol) | |
| 4323 n_extra = 0; | |
| 4324 else | |
| 4325 #endif | |
| 4326 { | |
| 4327 p_extra = at_end_str; | |
| 4328 n_extra = 1; | |
| 4329 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4330 } | |
| 4331 } | |
| 36 | 4332 if (wp->w_p_list) |
| 4333 c = lcs_eol; | |
| 4334 else | |
| 4335 c = ' '; | |
| 7 | 4336 lcs_eol_one = -1; |
| 4337 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 674 | 4338 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4339 { |
| 4340 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4341 n_attr = 1; | |
| 4342 } | |
| 4343 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4344 mb_c = c; | |
| 4345 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4346 { | |
| 4347 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4348 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4349 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4350 } |
| 4351 else | |
| 4352 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4353 #endif | |
| 4354 } | |
| 4355 else if (c != NUL) | |
| 4356 { | |
| 4357 p_extra = transchar(c); | |
| 4358 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4359 if ((dy_flags & DY_UHEX) && wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4360 rl_mirror(p_extra); /* reverse "<12>" */ | |
| 4361 #endif | |
| 4362 n_extra = byte2cells(c) - 1; | |
| 4363 c_extra = NUL; | |
| 4364 c = *p_extra++; | |
| 674 | 4365 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4366 { |
| 4367 n_attr = n_extra + 1; | |
| 4368 extra_attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 4369 saved_attr2 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4370 } | |
| 4371 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4372 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4373 #endif | |
| 4374 } | |
| 4375 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 4376 else if (VIsual_active | |
| 4377 && (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V | |
| 4378 || VIsual_mode == 'v') | |
| 4379 && virtual_active() | |
| 4380 && tocol != MAXCOL | |
| 4381 && vcol < tocol | |
| 4382 && ( | |
| 4383 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4384 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4385 # endif | |
| 4386 (col < W_WIDTH(wp)))) | |
| 4387 { | |
| 4388 c = ' '; | |
| 4389 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 4390 } | |
| 4391 #endif | |
| 910 | 4392 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 7 | 4393 else if (( |
| 4394 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 910 | 4395 diff_hlf != (hlf_T)0 || |
| 7 | 4396 # endif |
| 4397 line_attr != 0 | |
| 4398 ) && ( | |
| 4399 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4400 wp->w_p_rl ? (col >= 0) : | |
| 4401 # endif | |
|
2553
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4402 (col |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4403 # ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4404 - boguscols |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4405 # endif |
|
37d3f90f5203
Conceal feature caused the 'cursorline' highlighting to stop early.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2520
diff
changeset
|
4406 < W_WIDTH(wp)))) |
| 7 | 4407 { |
| 4408 /* Highlight until the right side of the window */ | |
| 4409 c = ' '; | |
| 4410 --ptr; /* put it back at the NUL */ | |
| 867 | 4411 |
| 4412 /* Remember we do the char for line highlighting. */ | |
| 4413 ++did_line_attr; | |
| 4414 | |
| 4415 /* don't do search HL for the rest of the line */ | |
| 4416 if (line_attr != 0 && char_attr == search_attr && col > 0) | |
| 4417 char_attr = line_attr; | |
| 7 | 4418 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 4419 if (diff_hlf == HLF_TXD) | |
| 4420 { | |
| 4421 diff_hlf = HLF_CHD; | |
| 4422 if (attr == 0 || char_attr != attr) | |
| 4423 char_attr = hl_attr(diff_hlf); | |
| 4424 } | |
| 4425 # endif | |
| 4426 } | |
| 4427 #endif | |
| 4428 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4429 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4430 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4431 if ( wp->w_p_cole > 0 |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4432 && (wp != curwin || lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum || |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4433 conceal_cursor_line(wp)) |
|
2380
b47748aa3236
Don't conceal text in lines inside the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2378
diff
changeset
|
4434 && (syntax_flags & HL_CONCEAL) != 0 |
|
2400
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4435 && !(lnum_in_visual_area |
|
e6f1424dd66a
Let 'v' flag in 'concealcursor' apply to all lines in the Visual area.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2393
diff
changeset
|
4436 && vim_strchr(wp->w_p_cocu, 'v') == NULL)) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4437 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4438 char_attr = conceal_attr; |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4439 if (prev_syntax_id != syntax_seqnr |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4440 && (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL || wp->w_p_cole == 1) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4441 && wp->w_p_cole != 3) |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4442 { |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4443 /* First time at this concealed item: display one |
|
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4444 * character. */ |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4445 if (syn_get_sub_char() != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4446 c = syn_get_sub_char(); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4447 else if (lcs_conceal != NUL) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4448 c = lcs_conceal; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4449 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4450 c = ' '; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4451 |
|
2392
0371401d9d33
Give each syntax item a sequence number, so that we know when it starts and
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2382
diff
changeset
|
4452 prev_syntax_id = syntax_seqnr; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4453 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4454 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4455 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4456 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4457 if (wp->w_p_wrap && n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4458 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4459 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4460 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4461 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4462 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4463 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4464 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4465 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4466 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4467 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4468 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4469 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4470 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4471 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4472 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4473 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4474 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4475 else if (n_skip == 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4476 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4477 is_concealing = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4478 n_skip = 1; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4479 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4480 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4481 mb_c = c; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4482 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4483 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4484 mb_utf8 = TRUE; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4485 u8cc[0] = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4486 c = 0xc0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4487 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4488 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4489 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4490 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4491 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4492 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4493 { |
|
2375
a96dd77ce213
For conceal mode: when two different syntax items follow each other, show the
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2364
diff
changeset
|
4494 prev_syntax_id = 0; |
|
2348
8878a9f8db87
Rename w_p_conceal to w_p_conc for consistency.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2346
diff
changeset
|
4495 is_concealing = FALSE; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4496 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4497 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 4498 } |
| 4499 | |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4500 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4501 /* In the cursor line and we may be concealing characters: correct |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4502 * the cursor column when we reach its position. */ |
|
2381
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4503 if (!did_wcol && draw_state == WL_LINE |
|
17bbb52ae218
Another conceal fix: cursor in wrong column when 'number' set.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2380
diff
changeset
|
4504 && wp == curwin && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4505 && conceal_cursor_line(wp) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4506 && (int)wp->w_virtcol <= vcol + n_skip) |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4507 { |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4508 wp->w_wcol = col - boguscols; |
|
2393
210a5605e126
Fix for cursor position in wrapped line with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2392
diff
changeset
|
4509 wp->w_wrow = row; |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4510 did_wcol = TRUE; |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4511 } |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4512 #endif |
|
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4513 |
| 7 | 4514 /* Don't override visual selection highlighting. */ |
| 4515 if (n_attr > 0 | |
| 4516 && draw_state == WL_LINE | |
| 674 | 4517 && !attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4518 char_attr = extra_attr; |
| 4519 | |
| 42 | 4520 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) |
| 7 | 4521 /* XIM don't send preedit_start and preedit_end, but they send |
| 4522 * preedit_changed and commit. Thus Vim can't set "im_is_active", use | |
| 4523 * im_is_preediting() here. */ | |
| 4524 if (xic != NULL | |
| 1850 | 4525 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum |
| 7 | 4526 && (State & INSERT) |
| 4527 && !p_imdisable | |
| 4528 && im_is_preediting() | |
| 4529 && draw_state == WL_LINE) | |
| 4530 { | |
| 4531 colnr_T tcol; | |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 if (preedit_end_col == MAXCOL) | |
| 1850 | 4534 getvcol(curwin, &(wp->w_cursor), &tcol, NULL, NULL); |
| 7 | 4535 else |
| 4536 tcol = preedit_end_col; | |
| 4537 if ((long)preedit_start_col <= vcol && vcol < (long)tcol) | |
| 4538 { | |
| 4539 if (feedback_old_attr < 0) | |
| 4540 { | |
| 4541 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4542 feedback_old_attr = char_attr; | |
| 4543 } | |
| 4544 char_attr = im_get_feedback_attr(feedback_col); | |
| 4545 if (char_attr < 0) | |
| 4546 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4547 feedback_col++; | |
| 4548 } | |
| 4549 else if (feedback_old_attr >= 0) | |
| 4550 { | |
| 4551 char_attr = feedback_old_attr; | |
| 4552 feedback_old_attr = -1; | |
| 4553 feedback_col = 0; | |
| 4554 } | |
| 4555 } | |
| 4556 #endif | |
| 4557 /* | |
| 4558 * Handle the case where we are in column 0 but not on the first | |
| 4559 * character of the line and the user wants us to show us a | |
| 4560 * special character (via 'listchars' option "precedes:<char>". | |
| 4561 */ | |
| 4562 if (lcs_prec_todo != NUL | |
| 4563 && (wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol > 0 : wp->w_leftcol > 0) | |
| 4564 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4565 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4566 #endif | |
| 4567 && draw_state > WL_NR | |
| 4568 && c != NUL) | |
| 4569 { | |
| 4570 c = lcs_prec; | |
| 4571 lcs_prec_todo = NUL; | |
| 4572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4573 mb_c = c; | |
| 4574 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4575 { | |
| 4576 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4577 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4578 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4579 } |
| 4580 else | |
| 4581 mb_utf8 = FALSE; /* don't draw as UTF-8 */ | |
| 4582 #endif | |
| 674 | 4583 if (!attr_pri) |
| 7 | 4584 { |
| 4585 saved_attr3 = char_attr; /* save current attr */ | |
| 4586 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); /* later copied to char_attr */ | |
| 4587 n_attr3 = 1; | |
| 4588 } | |
| 4589 } | |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 /* | |
| 867 | 4592 * At end of the text line or just after the last character. |
| 7 | 4593 */ |
| 867 | 4594 if (c == NUL |
| 910 | 4595 #if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4596 || did_line_attr == 1 |
| 4597 #endif | |
| 4598 ) | |
| 4599 { | |
| 4600 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4601 long prevcol = (long)(ptr - line) - (c == NUL); | |
| 1437 | 4602 |
| 4603 /* we're not really at that column when skipping some text */ | |
| 1439 | 4604 if ((long)(wp->w_p_wrap ? wp->w_skipcol : wp->w_leftcol) > prevcol) |
| 1437 | 4605 ++prevcol; |
| 867 | 4606 #endif |
| 4607 | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4608 /* Invert at least one char, used for Visual and empty line or |
| 7 | 4609 * highlight match at end of line. If it's beyond the last |
| 4610 * char on the screen, just overwrite that one (tricky!) Not | |
| 4611 * needed when a '$' was displayed for 'list'. */ | |
| 1326 | 4612 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4613 prevcol_hl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4614 if (prevcol == (long)search_hl.startcol) | |
| 4615 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4616 else | |
| 4617 { | |
| 4618 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4619 while (cur != NULL) | |
| 4620 { | |
| 4621 if (prevcol == (long)cur->hl.startcol) | |
| 4622 { | |
| 4623 prevcol_hl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 4624 break; | |
| 4625 } | |
| 4626 cur = cur->next; | |
| 4627 } | |
| 4628 } | |
| 4629 #endif | |
| 7 | 4630 if (lcs_eol == lcs_eol_one |
| 1850 | 4631 && ((area_attr != 0 && vcol == fromcol |
| 4632 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 4633 && (VIsual_mode != Ctrl_V | |
| 4634 || lnum == VIsual.lnum | |
| 4635 || lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4636 #endif | |
| 4637 && c == NUL) | |
| 7 | 4638 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA |
| 4639 /* highlight 'hlsearch' match at end of line */ | |
| 1326 | 4640 || (prevcol_hl_flag == TRUE |
| 910 | 4641 # if defined(LINE_ATTR) |
| 867 | 4642 && did_line_attr <= 1 |
| 4643 # endif | |
| 4644 ) | |
| 7 | 4645 #endif |
| 4646 )) | |
| 4647 { | |
| 4648 int n = 0; | |
| 4649 | |
| 4650 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4651 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4652 { | |
| 4653 if (col < 0) | |
| 4654 n = 1; | |
| 4655 } | |
| 4656 else | |
| 4657 #endif | |
| 4658 { | |
| 4659 if (col >= W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 4660 n = -1; | |
| 4661 } | |
| 4662 if (n != 0) | |
| 4663 { | |
| 4664 /* At the window boundary, highlight the last character | |
| 4665 * instead (better than nothing). */ | |
| 4666 off += n; | |
| 4667 col += n; | |
| 4668 } | |
| 4669 else | |
| 4670 { | |
| 4671 /* Add a blank character to highlight. */ | |
| 4672 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4674 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4675 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4676 #endif | |
| 4677 } | |
| 4678 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 4679 if (area_attr == 0) | |
| 4680 { | |
| 1326 | 4681 /* Use attributes from match with highest priority among |
| 4682 * 'search_hl' and the match list. */ | |
| 4683 char_attr = search_hl.attr; | |
| 4684 cur = wp->w_match_head; | |
| 4685 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 4686 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 699 | 4687 { |
| 1326 | 4688 if (shl_flag == FALSE |
| 4689 && ((cur != NULL | |
| 4690 && cur->priority > SEARCH_HL_PRIORITY) | |
| 4691 || cur == NULL)) | |
| 699 | 4692 { |
| 1326 | 4693 shl = &search_hl; |
| 4694 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 699 | 4695 } |
| 1326 | 4696 else |
| 4697 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 4698 if ((ptr - line) - 1 == (long)shl->startcol) | |
| 4699 char_attr = shl->attr; | |
| 4700 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) | |
| 4701 cur = cur->next; | |
| 699 | 4702 } |
| 7 | 4703 } |
| 4704 #endif | |
| 4705 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4706 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4707 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 1437 | 4708 { |
| 7 | 4709 --col; |
| 1437 | 4710 --off; |
| 4711 } | |
| 7 | 4712 else |
| 4713 #endif | |
| 1437 | 4714 { |
| 7 | 4715 ++col; |
| 1437 | 4716 ++off; |
| 4717 } | |
| 743 | 4718 ++vcol; |
| 1437 | 4719 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 4720 eol_hl_off = 1; | |
| 4721 #endif | |
| 743 | 4722 } |
| 867 | 4723 } |
| 4724 | |
| 4725 /* | |
| 4726 * At end of the text line. | |
| 4727 */ | |
| 4728 if (c == NUL) | |
| 4729 { | |
| 743 | 4730 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 1850 | 4731 if (eol_hl_off > 0 && vcol - eol_hl_off == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
| 4732 && lnum == wp->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 1437 | 4733 { |
| 4734 /* highlight last char after line */ | |
| 4735 --col; | |
| 4736 --off; | |
| 4737 --vcol; | |
| 4738 } | |
| 4739 | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4740 /* Highlight 'cursorcolumn' & 'colorcolumn' past end of the line. */ |
| 758 | 4741 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
| 4742 v = wp->w_skipcol; | |
| 4743 else | |
| 4744 v = wp->w_leftcol; | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4745 |
| 820 | 4746 /* check if line ends before left margin */ |
| 4747 if (vcol < v + col - win_col_off(wp)) | |
| 4748 vcol = v + col - win_col_off(wp); | |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4749 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4750 /* Get rid of the boguscols now, we want to draw until the right |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4751 * edge for 'cursorcolumn'. */ |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4752 col -= boguscols; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4753 boguscols = 0; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4754 #endif |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4755 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4756 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4757 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4758 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4759 if (((wp->w_p_cuc |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4760 && (int)wp->w_virtcol >= VCOL_HLC - eol_hl_off |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4761 && (int)wp->w_virtcol < |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4762 W_WIDTH(wp) * (row - startrow + 1) + v |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4763 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4764 || draw_color_col) |
| 743 | 4765 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
| 4766 && !wp->w_p_rl | |
| 4767 # endif | |
| 4768 ) | |
| 4769 { | |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4770 int rightmost_vcol = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4771 int i; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4772 |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4773 if (wp->w_p_cuc) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4774 rightmost_vcol = wp->w_virtcol; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4775 if (draw_color_col) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4776 /* determine rightmost colorcolumn to possibly draw */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4777 for (i = 0; color_cols[i] >= 0; ++i) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4778 if (rightmost_vcol < color_cols[i]) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4779 rightmost_vcol = color_cols[i]; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4780 |
| 743 | 4781 while (col < W_WIDTH(wp)) |
| 4782 { | |
| 4783 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 4784 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4785 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4786 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4787 #endif | |
| 4788 ++col; | |
|
2356
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4789 if (draw_color_col) |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4790 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4791 &color_cols); |
|
eb1f2554cac5
Fix 'colorcolumn' adjecent columns not highlighted after end of line.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2349
diff
changeset
|
4792 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4793 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4794 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_CUC); |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4795 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4796 ScreenAttrs[off++] = hl_attr(HLF_MC); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4797 else |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4798 ScreenAttrs[off++] = 0; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4799 |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4800 if (VCOL_HLC >= rightmost_vcol) |
| 743 | 4801 break; |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4802 |
| 743 | 4803 ++vcol; |
| 4804 } | |
| 4805 } | |
| 4806 #endif | |
| 7 | 4807 |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4808 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4809 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
| 7 | 4810 row++; |
| 4811 | |
| 4812 /* | |
| 4813 * Update w_cline_height and w_cline_folded if the cursor line was | |
| 4814 * updated (saves a call to plines() later). | |
| 4815 */ | |
| 4816 if (wp == curwin && lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) | |
| 4817 { | |
| 4818 curwin->w_cline_row = startrow; | |
| 4819 curwin->w_cline_height = row - startrow; | |
| 4820 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 4821 curwin->w_cline_folded = FALSE; | |
| 4822 #endif | |
| 4823 curwin->w_valid |= (VALID_CHEIGHT|VALID_CROW); | |
| 4824 } | |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 break; | |
| 4827 } | |
| 4828 | |
| 4829 /* line continues beyond line end */ | |
| 4830 if (lcs_ext | |
| 4831 && !wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 4832 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 4833 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 4834 #endif | |
| 4835 && ( | |
| 4836 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4837 wp->w_p_rl ? col == 0 : | |
| 4838 #endif | |
| 4839 col == W_WIDTH(wp) - 1) | |
| 4840 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 1555 | 4841 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol_one > 0) |
| 7 | 4842 || (n_extra && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL)))) |
| 4843 { | |
| 4844 c = lcs_ext; | |
| 4845 char_attr = hl_attr(HLF_AT); | |
| 4846 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4847 mb_c = c; | |
| 4848 if (enc_utf8 && (*mb_char2len)(c) > 1) | |
| 4849 { | |
| 4850 mb_utf8 = TRUE; | |
| 714 | 4851 u8cc[0] = 0; |
| 819 | 4852 c = 0xc0; |
| 7 | 4853 } |
| 4854 else | |
| 4855 mb_utf8 = FALSE; | |
| 4856 #endif | |
| 4857 } | |
| 4858 | |
| 743 | 4859 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4860 /* advance to the next 'colorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4861 if (draw_color_col) |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4862 draw_color_col = advance_color_col(VCOL_HLC, &color_cols); |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4863 |
| 743 | 4864 /* Highlight the cursor column if 'cursorcolumn' is set. But don't |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4865 * highlight the cursor position itself. |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4866 * Also highlight the 'colorcolumn' if it is different than |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4867 * 'cursorcolumn' */ |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4868 vcol_save_attr = -1; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4869 if (draw_state == WL_LINE && !lnum_in_visual_area) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4870 { |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4871 if (wp->w_p_cuc && VCOL_HLC == (long)wp->w_virtcol |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4872 && lnum != wp->w_cursor.lnum) |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4873 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4874 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4875 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_CUC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4876 } |
|
2346
b38c324bdc36
Fix: 'colorcolumn' interfered with concealed text.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
4877 else if (draw_color_col && VCOL_HLC == *color_cols) |
|
2314
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4878 { |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4879 vcol_save_attr = char_attr; |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4880 char_attr = hl_combine_attr(char_attr, hl_attr(HLF_MC)); |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4881 } |
|
233eb4412f5d
Added 'colorcolumn' option. Partly by Gregor Uhlenheuer.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2285
diff
changeset
|
4882 } |
| 743 | 4883 #endif |
| 4884 | |
| 7 | 4885 /* |
| 4886 * Store character to be displayed. | |
| 4887 * Skip characters that are left of the screen for 'nowrap'. | |
| 4888 */ | |
| 4889 vcol_prev = vcol; | |
| 4890 if (draw_state < WL_LINE || n_skip <= 0) | |
| 4891 { | |
| 4892 /* | |
| 4893 * Store the character. | |
| 4894 */ | |
| 4895 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) && defined(FEAT_MBYTE) | |
| 4896 if (has_mbyte && wp->w_p_rl && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4897 { | |
| 4898 /* A double-wide character is: put first halve in left cell. */ | |
| 4899 --off; | |
| 4900 --col; | |
| 4901 } | |
| 4902 #endif | |
| 4903 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 4904 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4905 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4906 { |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4907 if ((mb_c & 0xff00) == 0x8e00) |
|
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4908 ScreenLines[off] = 0x8e; |
| 7 | 4909 ScreenLines2[off] = mb_c & 0xff; |
|
2069
63613d8d7e4d
updated for version 7.2.354
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2055
diff
changeset
|
4910 } |
| 7 | 4911 else if (enc_utf8) |
| 4912 { | |
| 4913 if (mb_utf8) | |
| 4914 { | |
| 1326 | 4915 int i; |
| 4916 | |
| 7 | 4917 ScreenLinesUC[off] = mb_c; |
| 819 | 4918 if ((c & 0xff) == 0) |
| 4919 ScreenLines[off] = 0x80; /* avoid storing zero */ | |
| 714 | 4920 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 4921 { | |
| 4922 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 4923 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 4924 break; | |
| 4925 } | |
| 7 | 4926 } |
| 4927 else | |
| 4928 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 4929 } | |
| 4930 if (multi_attr) | |
| 4931 { | |
| 4932 ScreenAttrs[off] = multi_attr; | |
| 4933 multi_attr = 0; | |
| 4934 } | |
| 4935 else | |
| 4936 #endif | |
| 4937 ScreenAttrs[off] = char_attr; | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 4940 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) | |
| 4941 { | |
| 4942 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ | |
| 4943 ++off; | |
| 4944 ++col; | |
| 4945 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 4946 /* UTF-8: Put a 0 in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4947 ScreenLines[off] = 0; | |
| 4948 else | |
| 4949 /* DBCS: Put second byte in the second screen char. */ | |
| 4950 ScreenLines[off] = mb_c & 0xff; | |
| 4951 ++vcol; | |
| 4952 /* When "tocol" is halfway a character, set it to the end of | |
| 4953 * the character, otherwise highlighting won't stop. */ | |
| 4954 if (tocol == vcol) | |
| 4955 ++tocol; | |
| 4956 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4957 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4958 { | |
| 4959 /* now it's time to backup one cell */ | |
| 4960 --off; | |
| 4961 --col; | |
| 4962 } | |
| 4963 #endif | |
| 4964 } | |
| 4965 #endif | |
| 4966 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 4967 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 4968 { | |
| 4969 --off; | |
| 4970 --col; | |
| 4971 } | |
| 4972 else | |
| 4973 #endif | |
| 4974 { | |
| 4975 ++off; | |
| 4976 ++col; | |
| 4977 } | |
| 4978 } | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4979 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
2378
85b7dc8da5eb
Add the 'concealcursor' option to decide when the cursor line is to be
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2375
diff
changeset
|
4980 else if (wp->w_p_cole > 0 && is_concealing) |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4981 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4982 --n_skip; |
|
2332
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4983 ++vcol_off; |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4984 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
b13079093ae1
Make 'cursorcolumn' work together with the conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2314
diff
changeset
|
4985 vcol_off += n_extra; |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4986 if (wp->w_p_wrap) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4987 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4988 /* |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4989 * Special voodoo required if 'wrap' is on. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4990 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4991 * Advance the column indicator to force the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4992 * drawing to wrap early. This will make the line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4993 * take up the same screen space when parts are concealed, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4994 * so that cursor line computations aren't messed up. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4995 * |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4996 * To avoid the fictitious advance of 'col' causing |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4997 * trailing junk to be written out of the screen line |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4998 * we are building, 'boguscols' keeps track of the number |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
4999 * of bad columns we have advanced. |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5000 */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5001 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5002 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5003 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5004 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5005 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5006 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5007 col -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5008 boguscols -= n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5009 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5010 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5011 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5012 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5013 col += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5014 boguscols += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5015 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5016 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5017 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5018 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5019 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5020 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5021 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5022 if (has_mbyte && (*mb_char2cells)(mb_c) > 1) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5023 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5024 /* Need to fill two screen columns. */ |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5025 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5026 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5027 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5028 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5029 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5030 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5031 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5032 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5033 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5034 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5035 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5036 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5037 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5038 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5039 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5040 # ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5041 if (wp->w_p_rl) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5042 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5043 --boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5044 --col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5045 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5046 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5047 # endif |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5048 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5049 ++boguscols; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5050 ++col; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5051 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5052 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5053 else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5054 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5055 if (n_extra > 0) |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5056 { |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5057 vcol += n_extra; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5058 n_extra = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5059 n_attr = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5060 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5061 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5062 |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5063 } |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5064 #endif /* FEAT_CONCEAL */ |
| 7 | 5065 else |
| 5066 --n_skip; | |
| 5067 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5068 /* Only advance the "vcol" when after the 'number' or 'relativenumber' |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
5069 * column. */ |
| 1849 | 5070 if (draw_state > WL_NR |
| 7 | 5071 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF |
| 5072 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5073 #endif | |
| 5074 ) | |
| 5075 ++vcol; | |
| 5076 | |
| 743 | 5077 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL |
| 5078 if (vcol_save_attr >= 0) | |
| 5079 char_attr = vcol_save_attr; | |
| 5080 #endif | |
| 5081 | |
| 7 | 5082 /* restore attributes after "predeces" in 'listchars' */ |
| 5083 if (draw_state > WL_NR && n_attr3 > 0 && --n_attr3 == 0) | |
| 5084 char_attr = saved_attr3; | |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 /* restore attributes after last 'listchars' or 'number' char */ | |
| 5087 if (n_attr > 0 && draw_state == WL_LINE && --n_attr == 0) | |
| 5088 char_attr = saved_attr2; | |
| 5089 | |
| 5090 /* | |
| 5091 * At end of screen line and there is more to come: Display the line | |
| 1378 | 5092 * so far. If there is no more to display it is caught above. |
| 7 | 5093 */ |
| 5094 if (( | |
| 5095 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5096 wp->w_p_rl ? (col < 0) : | |
| 5097 #endif | |
| 5098 (col >= W_WIDTH(wp))) | |
| 5099 && (*ptr != NUL | |
| 5100 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5101 || filler_todo > 0 | |
| 5102 #endif | |
| 5103 || (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL && p_extra != at_end_str) | |
| 5104 || (n_extra != 0 && (c_extra != NUL || *p_extra != NUL))) | |
| 5105 ) | |
| 5106 { | |
|
2250
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5107 #ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5108 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col - boguscols, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5109 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5110 boguscols = 0; |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5111 #else |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5112 SCREEN_LINE(screen_row, W_WINCOL(wp), col, |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5113 (int)W_WIDTH(wp), wp->w_p_rl); |
|
1bac28a53fae
Add the conceal patch from Vince Negri.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2237
diff
changeset
|
5114 #endif |
| 7 | 5115 ++row; |
| 5116 ++screen_row; | |
| 5117 | |
| 5118 /* When not wrapping and finished diff lines, or when displayed | |
| 5119 * '$' and highlighting until last column, break here. */ | |
| 5120 if ((!wp->w_p_wrap | |
| 5121 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5122 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5123 #endif | |
| 5124 ) || lcs_eol_one == -1) | |
| 5125 break; | |
| 5126 | |
| 5127 /* When the window is too narrow draw all "@" lines. */ | |
| 5128 if (draw_state != WL_LINE | |
| 5129 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5130 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5131 #endif | |
| 5132 ) | |
| 5133 { | |
| 5134 win_draw_end(wp, '@', ' ', row, wp->w_height, HLF_AT); | |
| 5135 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5136 draw_vsep_win(wp, row); | |
| 5137 #endif | |
| 5138 row = endrow; | |
| 5139 } | |
| 5140 | |
| 5141 /* When line got too long for screen break here. */ | |
| 5142 if (row == endrow) | |
| 5143 { | |
| 5144 ++row; | |
| 5145 break; | |
| 5146 } | |
| 5147 | |
| 5148 if (screen_cur_row == screen_row - 1 | |
| 5149 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5150 && filler_todo <= 0 | |
| 5151 #endif | |
| 5152 && W_WIDTH(wp) == Columns) | |
| 5153 { | |
| 5154 /* Remember that the line wraps, used for modeless copy. */ | |
| 5155 LineWraps[screen_row - 1] = TRUE; | |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 /* | |
| 5158 * Special trick to make copy/paste of wrapped lines work with | |
| 5159 * xterm/screen: write an extra character beyond the end of | |
| 5160 * the line. This will work with all terminal types | |
| 5161 * (regardless of the xn,am settings). | |
| 5162 * Only do this on a fast tty. | |
| 5163 * Only do this if the cursor is on the current line | |
| 5164 * (something has been written in it). | |
| 5165 * Don't do this for the GUI. | |
| 5166 * Don't do this for double-width characters. | |
| 5167 * Don't do this for a window not at the right screen border. | |
| 5168 */ | |
| 5169 if (p_tf | |
| 5170 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5171 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5172 #endif | |
| 5173 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5174 && !(has_mbyte | |
| 1378 | 5175 && ((*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row], |
| 5176 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5177 == 2 | |
| 7 | 5178 || (*mb_off2cells)(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] |
| 1378 | 5179 + (int)Columns - 2, |
| 5180 LineOffset[screen_row] + screen_Columns) | |
| 5181 == 2)) | |
| 7 | 5182 #endif |
| 5183 ) | |
| 5184 { | |
| 5185 /* First make sure we are at the end of the screen line, | |
| 5186 * then output the same character again to let the | |
| 5187 * terminal know about the wrap. If the terminal doesn't | |
| 5188 * auto-wrap, we overwrite the character. */ | |
| 5189 if (screen_cur_col != W_WIDTH(wp)) | |
| 5190 screen_char(LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5191 + (unsigned)Columns - 1, | |
| 5192 screen_row - 1, (int)(Columns - 1)); | |
| 5193 | |
| 5194 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5195 /* When there is a multi-byte character, just output a | |
| 5196 * space to keep it simple. */ | |
| 148 | 5197 if (has_mbyte && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[LineOffset[ |
| 5198 screen_row - 1] + (Columns - 1)]) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5199 out_char(' '); |
| 5200 else | |
| 5201 #endif | |
| 5202 out_char(ScreenLines[LineOffset[screen_row - 1] | |
| 5203 + (Columns - 1)]); | |
| 5204 /* force a redraw of the first char on the next line */ | |
| 5205 ScreenAttrs[LineOffset[screen_row]] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 5206 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5207 } | |
| 5208 } | |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 col = 0; | |
| 5211 off = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5212 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5213 if (wp->w_p_rl) | |
| 5214 { | |
| 5215 col = W_WIDTH(wp) - 1; /* col is not used if breaking! */ | |
| 5216 off += col; | |
| 5217 } | |
| 5218 #endif | |
| 5219 | |
| 5220 /* reset the drawing state for the start of a wrapped line */ | |
| 5221 draw_state = WL_START; | |
| 5222 saved_n_extra = n_extra; | |
| 5223 saved_p_extra = p_extra; | |
| 5224 saved_c_extra = c_extra; | |
| 5225 saved_char_attr = char_attr; | |
| 5226 n_extra = 0; | |
| 5227 lcs_prec_todo = lcs_prec; | |
| 5228 #ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK | |
| 5229 # ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5230 if (filler_todo <= 0) | |
| 5231 # endif | |
| 5232 need_showbreak = TRUE; | |
| 5233 #endif | |
| 5234 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 5235 --filler_todo; | |
| 5236 /* When the filler lines are actually below the last line of the | |
| 5237 * file, don't draw the line itself, break here. */ | |
| 5238 if (filler_todo == 0 && wp->w_botfill) | |
| 5239 break; | |
| 5240 #endif | |
| 5241 } | |
| 5242 | |
| 5243 } /* for every character in the line */ | |
| 5244 | |
| 743 | 5245 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL |
| 386 | 5246 /* After an empty line check first word for capital. */ |
| 5247 if (*skipwhite(line) == NUL) | |
| 5248 { | |
| 5249 capcol_lnum = lnum + 1; | |
| 5250 cap_col = 0; | |
| 5251 } | |
| 5252 #endif | |
| 5253 | |
| 7 | 5254 return row; |
| 5255 } | |
| 5256 | |
| 714 | 5257 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5258 static int comp_char_differs __ARGS((int, int)); | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 /* | |
| 5261 * Return if the composing characters at "off_from" and "off_to" differ. | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
5262 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0. |
| 714 | 5263 */ |
| 5264 static int | |
| 5265 comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to) | |
| 5266 int off_from; | |
| 5267 int off_to; | |
| 5268 { | |
| 5269 int i; | |
| 5270 | |
| 5271 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5272 { | |
| 5273 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] != ScreenLinesC[i][off_to]) | |
| 5274 return TRUE; | |
| 5275 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off_from] == 0) | |
| 5276 break; | |
| 5277 } | |
| 5278 return FALSE; | |
| 5279 } | |
| 5280 #endif | |
| 5281 | |
| 7 | 5282 /* |
| 5283 * Check whether the given character needs redrawing: | |
| 5284 * - the (first byte of the) character is different | |
| 5285 * - the attributes are different | |
| 5286 * - the character is multi-byte and the next byte is different | |
| 1616 | 5287 * - the character is two cells wide and the second cell differs. |
| 7 | 5288 */ |
| 5289 static int | |
| 5290 char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, cols) | |
| 5291 int off_from; | |
| 5292 int off_to; | |
| 5293 int cols; | |
| 5294 { | |
| 5295 if (cols > 0 | |
| 5296 && ((ScreenLines[off_from] != ScreenLines[off_to] | |
| 5297 || ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5298 | |
| 5299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5300 || (enc_dbcs != 0 | |
| 5301 && MB_BYTE2LEN(ScreenLines[off_from]) > 1 | |
| 5302 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off_from] == 0x8e | |
| 5303 ? ScreenLines2[off_from] != ScreenLines2[off_to] | |
| 5304 : (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5305 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 5306 || (enc_utf8 | |
| 5307 && (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != ScreenLinesUC[off_to] | |
| 5308 || (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0 | |
| 1616 | 5309 && comp_char_differs(off_from, off_to)) |
| 5310 || (cols > 1 && ScreenLines[off_from + 1] | |
| 5311 != ScreenLines[off_to + 1]))) | |
| 7 | 5312 #endif |
| 5313 )) | |
| 5314 return TRUE; | |
| 5315 return FALSE; | |
| 5316 } | |
| 5317 | |
| 5318 /* | |
| 5319 * Move one "cooked" screen line to the screen, but only the characters that | |
| 5320 * have actually changed. Handle insert/delete character. | |
| 5321 * "coloff" gives the first column on the screen for this line. | |
| 5322 * "endcol" gives the columns where valid characters are. | |
| 5323 * "clear_width" is the width of the window. It's > 0 if the rest of the line | |
| 5324 * needs to be cleared, negative otherwise. | |
| 5325 * "rlflag" is TRUE in a rightleft window: | |
| 5326 * When TRUE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns 0 to "endcol" | |
| 5327 * When FALSE and "clear_width" > 0, clear columns "endcol" to "clear_width" | |
| 5328 */ | |
| 5329 static void | |
| 5330 screen_line(row, coloff, endcol, clear_width | |
| 5331 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5332 , rlflag | |
| 5333 #endif | |
| 5334 ) | |
| 5335 int row; | |
| 5336 int coloff; | |
| 5337 int endcol; | |
| 5338 int clear_width; | |
| 5339 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5340 int rlflag; | |
| 5341 #endif | |
| 5342 { | |
| 5343 unsigned off_from; | |
| 5344 unsigned off_to; | |
| 1378 | 5345 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5346 unsigned max_off_from; | |
| 5347 unsigned max_off_to; | |
| 5348 #endif | |
| 7 | 5349 int col = 0; |
| 5350 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 5351 int hl; | |
| 5352 #endif | |
| 5353 int force = FALSE; /* force update rest of the line */ | |
| 5354 int redraw_this /* bool: does character need redraw? */ | |
| 5355 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5356 = TRUE /* For GUI when while-loop empty */ | |
| 5357 #endif | |
| 5358 ; | |
| 5359 int redraw_next; /* redraw_this for next character */ | |
| 5360 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5361 int clear_next = FALSE; | |
| 5362 int char_cells; /* 1: normal char */ | |
| 5363 /* 2: occupies two display cells */ | |
| 5364 # define CHAR_CELLS char_cells | |
| 5365 #else | |
| 5366 # define CHAR_CELLS 1 | |
| 5367 #endif | |
| 5368 | |
| 5369 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 5370 clip_may_clear_selection(row, row); | |
| 5371 # endif | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 off_from = (unsigned)(current_ScreenLine - ScreenLines); | |
| 5374 off_to = LineOffset[row] + coloff; | |
| 1378 | 5375 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5376 max_off_from = off_from + screen_Columns; | |
| 5377 max_off_to = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 5378 #endif | |
| 7 | 5379 |
| 5380 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5381 if (rlflag) | |
| 5382 { | |
| 5383 /* Clear rest first, because it's left of the text. */ | |
| 5384 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5385 { | |
| 5386 while (col <= endcol && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5387 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5388 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5389 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5390 # endif | |
| 5391 ) | |
| 5392 { | |
| 5393 ++off_to; | |
| 5394 ++col; | |
| 5395 } | |
| 5396 if (col <= endcol) | |
| 5397 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, | |
| 5398 endcol + coloff + 1, ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5399 } | |
| 5400 col = endcol + 1; | |
| 5401 off_to = LineOffset[row] + col + coloff; | |
| 5402 off_from += col; | |
| 5403 endcol = (clear_width > 0 ? clear_width : -clear_width); | |
| 5404 } | |
| 5405 #endif /* FEAT_RIGHTLEFT */ | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 redraw_next = char_needs_redraw(off_from, off_to, endcol - col); | |
| 5408 | |
| 5409 while (col < endcol) | |
| 5410 { | |
| 5411 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5412 if (has_mbyte && (col + 1 < endcol)) | |
| 1378 | 5413 char_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off_from, max_off_from); |
| 7 | 5414 else |
| 5415 char_cells = 1; | |
| 5416 #endif | |
| 5417 | |
| 5418 redraw_this = redraw_next; | |
| 5419 redraw_next = force || char_needs_redraw(off_from + CHAR_CELLS, | |
| 5420 off_to + CHAR_CELLS, endcol - col - CHAR_CELLS); | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5423 /* If the next character was bold, then redraw the current character to | |
| 5424 * remove any pixels that might have spilt over into us. This only | |
| 5425 * happens in the GUI. | |
| 5426 */ | |
| 5427 if (redraw_next && gui.in_use) | |
| 5428 { | |
| 5429 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to + CHAR_CELLS]; | |
| 743 | 5430 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5431 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5432 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5433 redraw_this = TRUE; |
| 5434 } | |
| 5435 #endif | |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 if (redraw_this) | |
| 5438 { | |
| 5439 /* | |
| 5440 * Special handling when 'xs' termcap flag set (hpterm): | |
| 5441 * Attributes for characters are stored at the position where the | |
| 5442 * cursor is when writing the highlighting code. The | |
| 5443 * start-highlighting code must be written with the cursor on the | |
| 5444 * first highlighted character. The stop-highlighting code must | |
| 5445 * be written with the cursor just after the last highlighted | |
| 5446 * character. | |
| 5447 * Overwriting a character doesn't remove it's highlighting. Need | |
| 5448 * to clear the rest of the line, and force redrawing it | |
| 5449 * completely. | |
| 5450 */ | |
| 5451 if ( p_wiv | |
| 5452 && !force | |
| 5453 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5454 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5455 #endif | |
| 5456 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] != 0 | |
| 5457 && ScreenAttrs[off_from] != ScreenAttrs[off_to]) | |
| 5458 { | |
| 5459 /* | |
| 5460 * Need to remove highlighting attributes here. | |
| 5461 */ | |
| 5462 windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5463 out_str(T_CE); /* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 5464 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 5465 force = TRUE; /* force redraw of rest of the line */ | |
| 5466 redraw_next = TRUE; /* or else next char would miss out */ | |
| 5467 | |
| 5468 /* | |
| 5469 * If the previous character was highlighted, need to stop | |
| 5470 * highlighting at this character. | |
| 5471 */ | |
| 5472 if (col + coloff > 0 && ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1] != 0) | |
| 5473 { | |
| 5474 screen_attr = ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]; | |
| 5475 term_windgoto(row, col + coloff); | |
| 5476 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5477 } | |
| 5478 else | |
| 5479 screen_attr = 0; /* highlighting has stopped */ | |
| 5480 } | |
| 5481 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5482 if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5483 { | |
| 5484 /* Check if overwriting a double-byte with a single-byte or | |
| 5485 * the other way around requires another character to be | |
| 5486 * redrawn. For UTF-8 this isn't needed, because comparing | |
| 5487 * ScreenLinesUC[] is sufficient. */ | |
| 5488 if (char_cells == 1 | |
| 5489 && col + 1 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5490 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5491 { |
| 5492 /* Writing a single-cell character over a double-cell | |
| 5493 * character: need to redraw the next cell. */ | |
| 5494 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = 0; | |
| 5495 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5496 } | |
| 5497 else if (char_cells == 2 | |
| 5498 && col + 2 < endcol | |
| 1378 | 5499 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5500 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1) | |
| 7 | 5501 { |
| 5502 /* Writing the second half of a double-cell character over | |
| 5503 * a double-cell character: need to redraw the second | |
| 5504 * cell. */ | |
| 5505 ScreenLines[off_to + 2] = 0; | |
| 5506 redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 5507 } | |
| 5508 | |
| 5509 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 5510 ScreenLines2[off_to] = ScreenLines2[off_from]; | |
| 5511 } | |
| 5512 /* When writing a single-width character over a double-width | |
| 5513 * character and at the end of the redrawn text, need to clear out | |
| 5514 * the right halve of the old character. | |
| 5515 * Also required when writing the right halve of a double-width | |
| 5516 * char over the left halve of an existing one. */ | |
| 5517 if (has_mbyte && col + char_cells == endcol | |
| 5518 && ((char_cells == 1 | |
| 1378 | 5519 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) > 1) |
| 7 | 5520 || (char_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 5521 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to, max_off_to) == 1 |
| 5522 && (*mb_off2cells)(off_to + 1, max_off_to) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 5523 clear_next = TRUE; |
| 5524 #endif | |
| 5525 | |
| 5526 ScreenLines[off_to] = ScreenLines[off_from]; | |
| 5527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5528 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5529 { | |
| 5530 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = ScreenLinesUC[off_from]; | |
| 5531 if (ScreenLinesUC[off_from] != 0) | |
| 5532 { | |
| 714 | 5533 int i; |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 5536 ScreenLinesC[i][off_to] = ScreenLinesC[i][off_from]; | |
| 7 | 5537 } |
| 5538 } | |
| 5539 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5540 ScreenLines[off_to + 1] = ScreenLines[off_from + 1]; | |
| 5541 #endif | |
| 5542 | |
| 5543 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 1843 | 5544 /* The bold trick makes a single column of pixels appear in the |
| 5545 * next character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 7 | 5546 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI |
| 5547 * and for some xterms. */ | |
| 5548 if ( | |
| 5549 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5550 gui.in_use | |
| 5551 # endif | |
| 5552 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 5553 || | |
| 5554 # endif | |
| 5555 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 5556 term_is_xterm | |
| 5557 # endif | |
| 5558 ) | |
| 5559 { | |
| 5560 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 743 | 5561 if (hl > HL_ALL) |
| 5562 hl = syn_attr2attr(hl); | |
| 5563 if (hl & HL_BOLD) | |
| 7 | 5564 redraw_next = TRUE; |
| 5565 } | |
| 5566 #endif | |
| 5567 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 819 | 5569 /* For simplicity set the attributes of second half of a |
| 5570 * double-wide character equal to the first half. */ | |
| 5571 if (char_cells == 2) | |
| 5572 ScreenAttrs[off_to + 1] = ScreenAttrs[off_from]; | |
| 5573 | |
| 7 | 5574 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && char_cells == 2) |
| 5575 screen_char_2(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5576 else | |
| 5577 #endif | |
| 5578 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5579 } | |
| 5580 else if ( p_wiv | |
| 5581 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5582 && !gui.in_use | |
| 5583 #endif | |
| 5584 && col + coloff > 0) | |
| 5585 { | |
| 5586 if (ScreenAttrs[off_to] == ScreenAttrs[off_to - 1]) | |
| 5587 { | |
| 5588 /* | |
| 5589 * Don't output stop-highlight when moving the cursor, it will | |
| 5590 * stop the highlighting when it should continue. | |
| 5591 */ | |
| 5592 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 5593 } | |
| 5594 else if (screen_attr != 0) | |
| 5595 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 5596 } | |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 off_to += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5599 off_from += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5600 col += CHAR_CELLS; | |
| 5601 } | |
| 5602 | |
| 5603 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5604 if (clear_next) | |
| 5605 { | |
| 5606 /* Clear the second half of a double-wide character of which the left | |
| 5607 * half was overwritten with a single-wide character. */ | |
| 5608 ScreenLines[off_to] = ' '; | |
| 5609 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5610 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5611 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5612 } | |
| 5613 #endif | |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 if (clear_width > 0 | |
| 5616 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 5617 && !rlflag | |
| 5618 #endif | |
| 5619 ) | |
| 5620 { | |
| 5621 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5622 int startCol = col; | |
| 5623 #endif | |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 /* blank out the rest of the line */ | |
| 5626 while (col < clear_width && ScreenLines[off_to] == ' ' | |
| 5627 && ScreenAttrs[off_to] == 0 | |
| 5628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5629 && (!enc_utf8 || ScreenLinesUC[off_to] == 0) | |
| 5630 #endif | |
| 5631 ) | |
| 5632 { | |
| 5633 ++off_to; | |
| 5634 ++col; | |
| 5635 } | |
| 5636 if (col < clear_width) | |
| 5637 { | |
| 5638 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 5639 /* | |
| 5640 * In the GUI, clearing the rest of the line may leave pixels | |
| 5641 * behind if the first character cleared was bold. Some bold | |
| 5642 * fonts spill over the left. In this case we redraw the previous | |
| 5643 * character too. If we didn't skip any blanks above, then we | |
| 5644 * only redraw if the character wasn't already redrawn anyway. | |
| 5645 */ | |
| 996 | 5646 if (gui.in_use && (col > startCol || !redraw_this)) |
| 7 | 5647 { |
| 5648 hl = ScreenAttrs[off_to]; | |
| 5649 if (hl > HL_ALL || (hl & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 996 | 5650 { |
| 5651 int prev_cells = 1; | |
| 5652 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5653 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5654 /* for utf-8, ScreenLines[char_offset + 1] == 0 means | |
| 5655 * that its width is 2. */ | |
| 5656 prev_cells = ScreenLines[off_to - 1] == 0 ? 2 : 1; | |
| 5657 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 5658 { | |
| 5659 /* find previous character by counting from first | |
| 5660 * column and get its width. */ | |
| 5661 unsigned off = LineOffset[row]; | |
| 1378 | 5662 unsigned max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; |
| 996 | 5663 |
| 5664 while (off < off_to) | |
| 5665 { | |
| 1378 | 5666 prev_cells = (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off); |
| 996 | 5667 off += prev_cells; |
| 5668 } | |
| 5669 } | |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && prev_cells > 1) | |
| 5672 screen_char_2(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5673 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5674 else | |
| 5675 # endif | |
| 5676 screen_char(off_to - prev_cells, row, | |
| 5677 col + coloff - prev_cells); | |
| 5678 } | |
| 7 | 5679 } |
| 5680 #endif | |
| 5681 screen_fill(row, row + 1, col + coloff, clear_width + coloff, | |
| 5682 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 5683 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5684 off_to += clear_width - col; | |
| 5685 col = clear_width; | |
| 5686 #endif | |
| 5687 } | |
| 5688 } | |
| 5689 | |
| 5690 if (clear_width > 0) | |
| 5691 { | |
| 5692 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5693 /* For a window that's left of another, draw the separator char. */ | |
| 5694 if (col + coloff < Columns) | |
| 5695 { | |
| 5696 int c; | |
| 5697 | |
| 5698 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5699 if (ScreenLines[off_to] != c | |
| 5700 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 5701 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off_to] |
| 5702 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 5703 # endif |
| 5704 || ScreenAttrs[off_to] != hl) | |
| 5705 { | |
| 5706 ScreenLines[off_to] = c; | |
| 5707 ScreenAttrs[off_to] = hl; | |
| 5708 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 5709 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 5710 { | |
| 5711 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 5712 { | |
| 5713 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = c; | |
| 714 | 5714 ScreenLinesC[0][off_to] = 0; |
| 7 | 5715 } |
| 5716 else | |
| 5717 ScreenLinesUC[off_to] = 0; | |
| 5718 } | |
| 5719 # endif | |
| 5720 screen_char(off_to, row, col + coloff); | |
| 5721 } | |
| 5722 } | |
| 5723 else | |
| 5724 #endif | |
| 5725 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 5726 } | |
| 5727 } | |
| 5728 | |
| 474 | 5729 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 5730 /* |
| 474 | 5731 * Mirror text "str" for right-left displaying. |
| 5732 * Only works for single-byte characters (e.g., numbers). | |
| 7 | 5733 */ |
| 474 | 5734 void |
| 7 | 5735 rl_mirror(str) |
| 5736 char_u *str; | |
| 5737 { | |
| 5738 char_u *p1, *p2; | |
| 5739 int t; | |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 for (p1 = str, p2 = str + STRLEN(str) - 1; p1 < p2; ++p1, --p2) | |
| 5742 { | |
| 5743 t = *p1; | |
| 5744 *p1 = *p2; | |
| 5745 *p2 = t; | |
| 5746 } | |
| 5747 } | |
| 5748 #endif | |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5751 /* | |
| 5752 * mark all status lines for redraw; used after first :cd | |
| 5753 */ | |
| 5754 void | |
| 5755 status_redraw_all() | |
| 5756 { | |
| 5757 win_T *wp; | |
| 5758 | |
| 5759 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5760 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 5761 { | |
| 5762 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5763 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5764 } | |
| 5765 } | |
| 5766 | |
| 5767 /* | |
| 5768 * mark all status lines of the current buffer for redraw | |
| 5769 */ | |
| 5770 void | |
| 5771 status_redraw_curbuf() | |
| 5772 { | |
| 5773 win_T *wp; | |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5776 if (wp->w_status_height != 0 && wp->w_buffer == curbuf) | |
| 5777 { | |
| 5778 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5779 redraw_later(VALID); | |
| 5780 } | |
| 5781 } | |
| 5782 | |
| 5783 /* | |
| 5784 * Redraw all status lines that need to be redrawn. | |
| 5785 */ | |
| 5786 void | |
| 5787 redraw_statuslines() | |
| 5788 { | |
| 5789 win_T *wp; | |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 for (wp = firstwin; wp; wp = wp->w_next) | |
| 5792 if (wp->w_redr_status) | |
| 5793 win_redr_status(wp); | |
| 673 | 5794 if (redraw_tabline) |
| 677 | 5795 draw_tabline(); |
| 7 | 5796 } |
| 5797 #endif | |
| 5798 | |
| 5799 #if (defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) && defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT)) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 5800 /* | |
| 5801 * Redraw all status lines at the bottom of frame "frp". | |
| 5802 */ | |
| 5803 void | |
| 5804 win_redraw_last_status(frp) | |
| 5805 frame_T *frp; | |
| 5806 { | |
| 5807 if (frp->fr_layout == FR_LEAF) | |
| 5808 frp->fr_win->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 5809 else if (frp->fr_layout == FR_ROW) | |
| 5810 { | |
| 5811 for (frp = frp->fr_child; frp != NULL; frp = frp->fr_next) | |
| 5812 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5813 } | |
| 5814 else /* frp->fr_layout == FR_COL */ | |
| 5815 { | |
| 5816 frp = frp->fr_child; | |
| 5817 while (frp->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 5818 frp = frp->fr_next; | |
| 5819 win_redraw_last_status(frp); | |
| 5820 } | |
| 5821 } | |
| 5822 #endif | |
| 5823 | |
| 5824 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 5825 /* | |
| 5826 * Draw the verticap separator right of window "wp" starting with line "row". | |
| 5827 */ | |
| 5828 static void | |
| 5829 draw_vsep_win(wp, row) | |
| 5830 win_T *wp; | |
| 5831 int row; | |
| 5832 { | |
| 5833 int hl; | |
| 5834 int c; | |
| 5835 | |
| 5836 if (wp->w_vsep_width) | |
| 5837 { | |
| 5838 /* draw the vertical separator right of this window */ | |
| 5839 c = fillchar_vsep(&hl); | |
| 5840 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 5841 W_ENDCOL(wp), W_ENDCOL(wp) + 1, | |
| 5842 c, ' ', hl); | |
| 5843 } | |
| 5844 } | |
| 5845 #endif | |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 #ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU | |
| 5848 static int status_match_len __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); | |
| 277 | 5849 static int skip_status_match_char __ARGS((expand_T *xp, char_u *s)); |
| 7 | 5850 |
| 5851 /* | |
| 1378 | 5852 * Get the length of an item as it will be shown in the status line. |
| 7 | 5853 */ |
| 5854 static int | |
| 5855 status_match_len(xp, s) | |
| 5856 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5857 char_u *s; | |
| 5858 { | |
| 5859 int len = 0; | |
| 5860 | |
| 5861 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5862 int emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5863 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|'. */ | |
| 5866 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 5867 return 1; | |
| 5868 #endif | |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 while (*s != NUL) | |
| 5871 { | |
| 1685 | 5872 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 42 | 5873 len += ptr2cells(s); |
| 39 | 5874 mb_ptr_adv(s); |
| 7 | 5875 } |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 return len; | |
| 5878 } | |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 /* | |
| 1685 | 5881 * Return the number of characters that should be skipped in a status match. |
| 277 | 5882 * These are backslashes used for escaping. Do show backslashes in help tags. |
| 5883 */ | |
| 5884 static int | |
| 5885 skip_status_match_char(xp, s) | |
| 5886 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5887 char_u *s; | |
| 5888 { | |
| 1685 | 5889 if ((rem_backslash(s) && xp->xp_context != EXPAND_HELP) |
| 277 | 5890 #ifdef FEAT_MENU |
| 5891 || ((xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 5892 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES) | |
| 5893 && (s[0] == '\t' || (s[0] == '\\' && s[1] != NUL))) | |
| 5894 #endif | |
| 1685 | 5895 ) |
| 5896 { | |
| 5897 #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME | |
| 5898 if (xp->xp_shell && csh_like_shell() && s[1] == '\\' && s[2] == '!') | |
| 5899 return 2; | |
| 5900 #endif | |
| 5901 return 1; | |
| 5902 } | |
| 5903 return 0; | |
| 277 | 5904 } |
| 5905 | |
| 5906 /* | |
| 7 | 5907 * Show wildchar matches in the status line. |
| 5908 * Show at least the "match" item. | |
| 5909 * We start at item 'first_match' in the list and show all matches that fit. | |
| 5910 * | |
| 5911 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 5912 */ | |
| 5913 void | |
| 5914 win_redr_status_matches(xp, num_matches, matches, match, showtail) | |
| 5915 expand_T *xp; | |
| 5916 int num_matches; | |
| 5917 char_u **matches; /* list of matches */ | |
| 5918 int match; | |
| 5919 int showtail; | |
| 5920 { | |
| 5921 #define L_MATCH(m) (showtail ? sm_gettail(matches[m]) : matches[m]) | |
| 5922 int row; | |
| 5923 char_u *buf; | |
| 5924 int len; | |
| 1378 | 5925 int clen; /* length in screen cells */ |
| 7 | 5926 int fillchar; |
| 5927 int attr; | |
| 5928 int i; | |
| 5929 int highlight = TRUE; | |
| 5930 char_u *selstart = NULL; | |
| 5931 int selstart_col = 0; | |
| 5932 char_u *selend = NULL; | |
| 5933 static int first_match = 0; | |
| 5934 int add_left = FALSE; | |
| 5935 char_u *s; | |
| 5936 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 5937 int emenu; | |
| 5938 #endif | |
| 5939 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_MENU) | |
| 5940 int l; | |
| 5941 #endif | |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 if (matches == NULL) /* interrupted completion? */ | |
| 5944 return; | |
| 5945 | |
| 39 | 5946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 5947 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 5948 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns * MB_MAXBYTES + 1); | |
| 5949 else | |
| 5950 #endif | |
| 5951 buf = alloc((unsigned)Columns + 1); | |
| 7 | 5952 if (buf == NULL) |
| 5953 return; | |
| 5954 | |
| 5955 if (match == -1) /* don't show match but original text */ | |
| 5956 { | |
| 5957 match = 0; | |
| 5958 highlight = FALSE; | |
| 5959 } | |
| 5960 /* count 1 for the ending ">" */ | |
| 5961 clen = status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(match)) + 3; | |
| 5962 if (match == 0) | |
| 5963 first_match = 0; | |
| 5964 else if (match < first_match) | |
| 5965 { | |
| 5966 /* jumping left, as far as we can go */ | |
| 5967 first_match = match; | |
| 5968 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5969 } | |
| 5970 else | |
| 5971 { | |
| 5972 /* check if match fits on the screen */ | |
| 5973 for (i = first_match; i < match; ++i) | |
| 5974 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5975 if (first_match > 0) | |
| 5976 clen += 2; | |
| 5977 /* jumping right, put match at the left */ | |
| 5978 if ((long)clen > Columns) | |
| 5979 { | |
| 5980 first_match = match; | |
| 5981 /* if showing the last match, we can add some on the left */ | |
| 5982 clen = 2; | |
| 5983 for (i = match; i < num_matches; ++i) | |
| 5984 { | |
| 5985 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2; | |
| 5986 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5987 break; | |
| 5988 } | |
| 5989 if (i == num_matches) | |
| 5990 add_left = TRUE; | |
| 5991 } | |
| 5992 } | |
| 5993 if (add_left) | |
| 5994 while (first_match > 0) | |
| 5995 { | |
| 5996 clen += status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(first_match - 1)) + 2; | |
| 5997 if ((long)clen >= Columns) | |
| 5998 break; | |
| 5999 --first_match; | |
| 6000 } | |
| 6001 | |
| 6002 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, TRUE); | |
| 6003 | |
| 6004 if (first_match == 0) | |
| 6005 { | |
| 6006 *buf = NUL; | |
| 6007 len = 0; | |
| 6008 } | |
| 6009 else | |
| 6010 { | |
| 6011 STRCPY(buf, "< "); | |
| 6012 len = 2; | |
| 6013 } | |
| 6014 clen = len; | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 i = first_match; | |
| 6017 while ((long)(clen + status_match_len(xp, L_MATCH(i)) + 2) < Columns) | |
| 6018 { | |
| 6019 if (i == match) | |
| 6020 { | |
| 6021 selstart = buf + len; | |
| 6022 selstart_col = clen; | |
| 6023 } | |
| 6024 | |
| 6025 s = L_MATCH(i); | |
| 6026 /* Check for menu separators - replace with '|' */ | |
| 6027 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 6028 emenu = (xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUS | |
| 6029 || xp->xp_context == EXPAND_MENUNAMES); | |
| 6030 if (emenu && menu_is_separator(s)) | |
| 6031 { | |
| 6032 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar('|')); | |
| 6033 l = (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6034 len += l; | |
| 6035 clen += l; | |
| 6036 } | |
| 6037 else | |
| 6038 #endif | |
| 6039 for ( ; *s != NUL; ++s) | |
| 6040 { | |
| 1685 | 6041 s += skip_status_match_char(xp, s); |
| 7 | 6042 clen += ptr2cells(s); |
| 6043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 474 | 6044 if (has_mbyte && (l = (*mb_ptr2len)(s)) > 1) |
| 7 | 6045 { |
| 6046 STRNCPY(buf + len, s, l); | |
| 6047 s += l - 1; | |
| 6048 len += l; | |
| 6049 } | |
| 6050 else | |
| 6051 #endif | |
| 6052 { | |
| 6053 STRCPY(buf + len, transchar_byte(*s)); | |
| 6054 len += (int)STRLEN(buf + len); | |
| 6055 } | |
| 6056 } | |
| 6057 if (i == match) | |
| 6058 selend = buf + len; | |
| 6059 | |
| 6060 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6061 *(buf + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6062 clen += 2; | |
| 6063 if (++i == num_matches) | |
| 6064 break; | |
| 6065 } | |
| 6066 | |
| 6067 if (i != num_matches) | |
| 6068 { | |
| 6069 *(buf + len++) = '>'; | |
| 6070 ++clen; | |
| 6071 } | |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6074 | |
| 6075 row = cmdline_row - 1; | |
| 6076 if (row >= 0) | |
| 6077 { | |
| 6078 if (wild_menu_showing == 0) | |
| 6079 { | |
| 6080 if (msg_scrolled > 0) | |
| 6081 { | |
| 6082 /* Put the wildmenu just above the command line. If there is | |
| 6083 * no room, scroll the screen one line up. */ | |
| 6084 if (cmdline_row == Rows - 1) | |
| 6085 { | |
| 6086 screen_del_lines(0, 0, 1, (int)Rows, TRUE, NULL); | |
| 6087 ++msg_scrolled; | |
| 6088 } | |
| 6089 else | |
| 6090 { | |
| 6091 ++cmdline_row; | |
| 6092 ++row; | |
| 6093 } | |
| 6094 wild_menu_showing = WM_SCROLLED; | |
| 6095 } | |
| 6096 else | |
| 6097 { | |
| 6098 /* Create status line if needed by setting 'laststatus' to 2. | |
| 6099 * Set 'winminheight' to zero to avoid that the window is | |
| 6100 * resized. */ | |
| 6101 if (lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6102 { | |
| 6103 save_p_ls = p_ls; | |
| 6104 save_p_wmh = p_wmh; | |
| 6105 p_ls = 2; | |
| 6106 p_wmh = 0; | |
| 6107 last_status(FALSE); | |
| 6108 } | |
| 6109 wild_menu_showing = WM_SHOWN; | |
| 6110 } | |
| 6111 } | |
| 6112 | |
| 6113 screen_puts(buf, row, 0, attr); | |
| 6114 if (selstart != NULL && highlight) | |
| 6115 { | |
| 6116 *selend = NUL; | |
| 6117 screen_puts(selstart, row, selstart_col, hl_attr(HLF_WM)); | |
| 6118 } | |
| 6119 | |
| 6120 screen_fill(row, row + 1, clen, (int)Columns, fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6121 } | |
| 6122 | |
| 6123 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6124 win_redraw_last_status(topframe); | |
| 6125 #else | |
| 6126 lastwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6127 #endif | |
| 6128 vim_free(buf); | |
| 6129 } | |
| 6130 #endif | |
| 6131 | |
| 6132 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6133 /* | |
| 6134 * Redraw the status line of window wp. | |
| 6135 * | |
| 6136 * If inversion is possible we use it. Else '=' characters are used. | |
| 6137 */ | |
| 6138 void | |
| 6139 win_redr_status(wp) | |
| 6140 win_T *wp; | |
| 6141 { | |
| 6142 int row; | |
| 6143 char_u *p; | |
| 6144 int len; | |
| 6145 int fillchar; | |
| 6146 int attr; | |
| 6147 int this_ru_col; | |
| 1910 | 6148 static int busy = FALSE; |
| 6149 | |
| 6150 /* It's possible to get here recursively when 'statusline' (indirectly) | |
| 6151 * invokes ":redrawstatus". Simply ignore the call then. */ | |
| 6152 if (busy) | |
| 6153 return; | |
| 6154 busy = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6155 |
| 6156 wp->w_redr_status = FALSE; | |
| 6157 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 6158 { | |
| 6159 /* no status line, can only be last window */ | |
| 6160 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 6161 } | |
| 540 | 6162 else if (!redrawing() |
| 6163 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 6164 /* don't update status line when popup menu is visible and may be | |
| 6165 * drawn over it */ | |
| 6166 || pum_visible() | |
| 6167 #endif | |
| 6168 ) | |
| 7 | 6169 { |
| 6170 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ | |
| 6171 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 6172 } | |
| 6173 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 40 | 6174 else if (*p_stl != NUL || *wp->w_p_stl != NUL) |
| 7 | 6175 { |
| 6176 /* redraw custom status line */ | |
| 1983 | 6177 redraw_custom_statusline(wp); |
| 7 | 6178 } |
| 6179 #endif | |
| 6180 else | |
| 6181 { | |
| 6182 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6183 | |
| 685 | 6184 get_trans_bufname(wp->w_buffer); |
| 7 | 6185 p = NameBuff; |
| 6186 len = (int)STRLEN(p); | |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help | |
| 6189 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6190 || wp->w_p_pvw | |
| 6191 #endif | |
| 6192 || bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer) | |
| 6193 || wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6194 *(p + len++) = ' '; | |
| 6195 if (wp->w_buffer->b_help) | |
| 6196 { | |
| 809 | 6197 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Help]")); |
| 7 | 6198 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); |
| 6199 } | |
| 6200 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX | |
| 6201 if (wp->w_p_pvw) | |
| 6202 { | |
| 6203 STRCPY(p + len, _("[Preview]")); | |
| 6204 len += (int)STRLEN(p + len); | |
| 6205 } | |
| 6206 #endif | |
| 6207 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 6208 { | |
| 6209 STRCPY(p + len, "[+]"); | |
| 6210 len += 3; | |
| 6211 } | |
| 6212 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_ro) | |
| 6213 { | |
| 6214 STRCPY(p + len, "[RO]"); | |
| 6215 len += 4; | |
| 6216 } | |
| 6217 | |
| 6218 #ifndef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6219 this_ru_col = ru_col; | |
| 6220 if (this_ru_col < (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6221 this_ru_col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6222 #else | |
| 6223 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); | |
| 6224 if (this_ru_col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6225 this_ru_col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 6226 if (this_ru_col <= 1) | |
| 6227 { | |
| 6228 p = (char_u *)"<"; /* No room for file name! */ | |
| 6229 len = 1; | |
| 6230 } | |
| 6231 else | |
| 6232 #endif | |
| 6233 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6234 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6235 { | |
| 6236 int clen = 0, i; | |
| 6237 | |
| 6238 /* Count total number of display cells. */ | |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6239 clen = mb_string2cells(p, -1); |
|
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2332
diff
changeset
|
6240 |
| 7 | 6241 /* Find first character that will fit. |
| 6242 * Going from start to end is much faster for DBCS. */ | |
| 6243 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && clen >= this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 474 | 6244 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i)) |
| 7 | 6245 clen -= (*mb_ptr2cells)(p + i); |
| 6246 len = clen; | |
| 6247 if (i > 0) | |
| 6248 { | |
| 6249 p = p + i - 1; | |
| 6250 *p = '<'; | |
| 6251 ++len; | |
| 6252 } | |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 } | |
| 6255 else | |
| 6256 #endif | |
| 6257 if (len > this_ru_col - 1) | |
| 6258 { | |
| 6259 p += len - (this_ru_col - 1); | |
| 6260 *p = '<'; | |
| 6261 len = this_ru_col - 1; | |
| 6262 } | |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6265 screen_puts(p, row, W_WINCOL(wp), attr); | |
| 6266 screen_fill(row, row + 1, len + W_WINCOL(wp), | |
| 6267 this_ru_col + W_WINCOL(wp), fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 6268 | |
| 6269 if (get_keymap_str(wp, NameBuff, MAXPATHL) | |
| 6270 && (int)(this_ru_col - len) > (int)(STRLEN(NameBuff) + 1)) | |
| 6271 screen_puts(NameBuff, row, (int)(this_ru_col - STRLEN(NameBuff) | |
| 6272 - 1 + W_WINCOL(wp)), attr); | |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 6275 win_redr_ruler(wp, TRUE); | |
| 6276 #endif | |
| 6277 } | |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6280 /* | |
| 6281 * May need to draw the character below the vertical separator. | |
| 6282 */ | |
| 6283 if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0 && wp->w_status_height != 0 && redrawing()) | |
| 6284 { | |
| 6285 if (stl_connected(wp)) | |
| 6286 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6287 else | |
| 6288 fillchar = fillchar_vsep(&attr); | |
| 6289 screen_putchar(fillchar, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 6290 attr); | |
| 6291 } | |
| 6292 #endif | |
| 1910 | 6293 busy = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6294 } |
| 6295 | |
| 680 | 6296 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT |
| 6297 /* | |
| 6298 * Redraw the status line according to 'statusline' and take care of any | |
| 6299 * errors encountered. | |
| 6300 */ | |
| 6301 static void | |
| 1983 | 6302 redraw_custom_statusline(wp) |
| 680 | 6303 win_T *wp; |
| 6304 { | |
| 1983 | 6305 static int entered = FALSE; |
| 6306 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; | |
| 6307 | |
| 6308 /* When called recursively return. This can happen when the statusline | |
| 6309 * contains an expression that triggers a redraw. */ | |
| 6310 if (entered) | |
| 6311 return; | |
| 6312 entered = TRUE; | |
| 680 | 6313 |
| 6314 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 6315 win_redr_custom(wp, FALSE); | |
| 6316 if (called_emsg) | |
| 1983 | 6317 { |
| 6318 /* When there is an error disable the statusline, otherwise the | |
| 6319 * display is messed up with errors and a redraw triggers the problem | |
| 6320 * again and again. */ | |
| 680 | 6321 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"statusline", -1, |
| 6322 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE | (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL | |
| 694 | 6323 ? OPT_LOCAL : OPT_GLOBAL), SID_ERROR); |
| 1983 | 6324 } |
| 680 | 6325 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 1983 | 6326 entered = FALSE; |
| 680 | 6327 } |
| 6328 #endif | |
| 6329 | |
| 7 | 6330 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 6331 /* | |
| 6332 * Return TRUE if the status line of window "wp" is connected to the status | |
| 6333 * line of the window right of it. If not, then it's a vertical separator. | |
| 6334 * Only call if (wp->w_vsep_width != 0). | |
| 6335 */ | |
| 6336 int | |
| 6337 stl_connected(wp) | |
| 6338 win_T *wp; | |
| 6339 { | |
| 6340 frame_T *fr; | |
| 6341 | |
| 6342 fr = wp->w_frame; | |
| 6343 while (fr->fr_parent != NULL) | |
| 6344 { | |
| 6345 if (fr->fr_parent->fr_layout == FR_COL) | |
| 6346 { | |
| 6347 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6348 break; | |
| 6349 } | |
| 6350 else | |
| 6351 { | |
| 6352 if (fr->fr_next != NULL) | |
| 6353 return TRUE; | |
| 6354 } | |
| 6355 fr = fr->fr_parent; | |
| 6356 } | |
| 6357 return FALSE; | |
| 6358 } | |
| 6359 # endif | |
| 6360 | |
| 6361 #endif /* FEAT_WINDOWS */ | |
| 6362 | |
| 6363 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6364 /* | |
| 6365 * Get the value to show for the language mappings, active 'keymap'. | |
| 6366 */ | |
| 6367 int | |
| 6368 get_keymap_str(wp, buf, len) | |
| 6369 win_T *wp; | |
| 6370 char_u *buf; /* buffer for the result */ | |
| 6371 int len; /* length of buffer */ | |
| 6372 { | |
| 6373 char_u *p; | |
| 6374 | |
| 6375 if (wp->w_buffer->b_p_iminsert != B_IMODE_LMAP) | |
| 6376 return FALSE; | |
| 6377 | |
| 6378 { | |
| 6379 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6380 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf; | |
| 6381 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; | |
| 6382 char_u *s; | |
| 6383 | |
| 6384 curbuf = wp->w_buffer; | |
| 6385 curwin = wp; | |
| 6386 STRCPY(buf, "b:keymap_name"); /* must be writable */ | |
| 6387 ++emsg_skip; | |
| 714 | 6388 s = p = eval_to_string(buf, NULL, FALSE); |
| 7 | 6389 --emsg_skip; |
| 6390 curbuf = old_curbuf; | |
| 6391 curwin = old_curwin; | |
| 6392 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL) | |
| 6393 #endif | |
| 6394 { | |
| 6395 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 6396 if (wp->w_buffer->b_kmap_state & KEYMAP_LOADED) | |
| 6397 p = wp->w_buffer->b_p_keymap; | |
| 6398 else | |
| 6399 #endif | |
| 6400 p = (char_u *)"lang"; | |
| 6401 } | |
| 6402 if ((int)(STRLEN(p) + 3) < len) | |
| 6403 sprintf((char *)buf, "<%s>", p); | |
| 6404 else | |
| 6405 buf[0] = NUL; | |
| 6406 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 6407 vim_free(s); | |
| 6408 #endif | |
| 6409 } | |
| 6410 return buf[0] != NUL; | |
| 6411 } | |
| 6412 #endif | |
| 6413 | |
| 6414 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6415 /* | |
| 677 | 6416 * Redraw the status line or ruler of window "wp". |
| 6417 * When "wp" is NULL redraw the tab pages line from 'tabline'. | |
| 7 | 6418 */ |
| 6419 static void | |
| 574 | 6420 win_redr_custom(wp, draw_ruler) |
| 7 | 6421 win_T *wp; |
| 574 | 6422 int draw_ruler; /* TRUE or FALSE */ |
| 7 | 6423 { |
| 6424 int attr; | |
| 6425 int curattr; | |
| 6426 int row; | |
| 6427 int col = 0; | |
| 6428 int maxwidth; | |
| 6429 int width; | |
| 6430 int n; | |
| 6431 int len; | |
| 6432 int fillchar; | |
| 6433 char_u buf[MAXPATHL]; | |
| 1983 | 6434 char_u *stl; |
| 7 | 6435 char_u *p; |
| 681 | 6436 struct stl_hlrec hltab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; |
| 6437 struct stl_hlrec tabtab[STL_MAX_ITEM]; | |
| 677 | 6438 int use_sandbox = FALSE; |
| 7 | 6439 |
| 6440 /* setup environment for the task at hand */ | |
| 677 | 6441 if (wp == NULL) |
| 6442 { | |
| 6443 /* Use 'tabline'. Always at the first line of the screen. */ | |
| 1983 | 6444 stl = p_tal; |
| 677 | 6445 row = 0; |
| 707 | 6446 fillchar = ' '; |
| 677 | 6447 attr = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); |
| 6448 maxwidth = Columns; | |
| 6449 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6450 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"tabline", 0); |
| 677 | 6451 # endif |
| 6452 } | |
| 40 | 6453 else |
| 677 | 6454 { |
| 6455 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 6456 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 6457 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 6458 | |
| 6459 if (draw_ruler) | |
| 6460 { | |
| 1983 | 6461 stl = p_ruf; |
| 677 | 6462 /* advance past any leading group spec - implicit in ru_col */ |
| 1983 | 6463 if (*stl == '%') |
| 6464 { | |
| 6465 if (*++stl == '-') | |
| 6466 stl++; | |
| 6467 if (atoi((char *)stl)) | |
| 6468 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*stl)) | |
| 6469 stl++; | |
| 6470 if (*stl++ != '(') | |
| 6471 stl = p_ruf; | |
| 677 | 6472 } |
| 7 | 6473 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT |
| 677 | 6474 col = ru_col - (Columns - W_WIDTH(wp)); |
| 6475 if (col < (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2) | |
| 6476 col = (W_WIDTH(wp) + 1) / 2; | |
| 7 | 6477 #else |
| 677 | 6478 col = ru_col; |
| 6479 if (col > (Columns + 1) / 2) | |
| 6480 col = (Columns + 1) / 2; | |
| 6481 #endif | |
| 6482 maxwidth = W_WIDTH(wp) - col; | |
| 7 | 6483 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 677 | 6484 if (!wp->w_status_height) |
| 6485 #endif | |
| 6486 { | |
| 6487 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 6488 --maxwidth; /* writing in last column may cause scrolling */ | |
| 6489 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 6490 attr = 0; | |
| 6491 } | |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL | |
| 681 | 6494 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"rulerformat", 0); |
| 677 | 6495 # endif |
| 6496 } | |
| 6497 else | |
| 6498 { | |
| 6499 if (*wp->w_p_stl != NUL) | |
| 1983 | 6500 stl = wp->w_p_stl; |
| 677 | 6501 else |
| 1983 | 6502 stl = p_stl; |
| 677 | 6503 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL |
| 681 | 6504 use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"statusline", |
| 6505 *wp->w_p_stl == NUL ? 0 : OPT_LOCAL); | |
| 677 | 6506 # endif |
| 6507 } | |
| 6508 | |
| 6509 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 6510 col += W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 6511 #endif | |
| 6512 } | |
| 6513 | |
| 7 | 6514 if (maxwidth <= 0) |
| 6515 return; | |
| 677 | 6516 |
| 1983 | 6517 /* Make a copy, because the statusline may include a function call that |
| 6518 * might change the option value and free the memory. */ | |
| 6519 stl = vim_strsave(stl); | |
| 677 | 6520 width = build_stl_str_hl(wp == NULL ? curwin : wp, |
| 6521 buf, sizeof(buf), | |
| 1983 | 6522 stl, use_sandbox, |
| 681 | 6523 fillchar, maxwidth, hltab, tabtab); |
| 1983 | 6524 vim_free(stl); |
| 835 | 6525 len = (int)STRLEN(buf); |
| 7 | 6526 |
| 1883 | 6527 while (width < maxwidth && len < (int)sizeof(buf) - 1) |
| 7 | 6528 { |
| 6529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6530 len += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buf + len); | |
| 6531 #else | |
| 6532 buf[len++] = fillchar; | |
| 6533 #endif | |
| 6534 ++width; | |
| 6535 } | |
| 6536 buf[len] = NUL; | |
| 6537 | |
| 681 | 6538 /* |
| 6539 * Draw each snippet with the specified highlighting. | |
| 6540 */ | |
| 7 | 6541 curattr = attr; |
| 6542 p = buf; | |
| 681 | 6543 for (n = 0; hltab[n].start != NULL; n++) |
| 6544 { | |
| 6545 len = (int)(hltab[n].start - p); | |
| 7 | 6546 screen_puts_len(p, len, row, col, curattr); |
| 6547 col += vim_strnsize(p, len); | |
| 681 | 6548 p = hltab[n].start; |
| 6549 | |
| 6550 if (hltab[n].userhl == 0) | |
| 7 | 6551 curattr = attr; |
| 681 | 6552 else if (hltab[n].userhl < 0) |
| 6553 curattr = syn_id2attr(-hltab[n].userhl); | |
| 7 | 6554 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 680 | 6555 else if (wp != NULL && wp != curwin && wp->w_status_height != 0) |
| 681 | 6556 curattr = highlight_stlnc[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6557 #endif |
| 6558 else | |
| 681 | 6559 curattr = highlight_user[hltab[n].userhl - 1]; |
| 7 | 6560 } |
| 6561 screen_puts(p, row, col, curattr); | |
| 681 | 6562 |
| 6563 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 6564 { | |
| 6565 /* Fill the TabPageIdxs[] array for clicking in the tab pagesline. */ | |
| 6566 col = 0; | |
| 6567 len = 0; | |
| 6568 p = buf; | |
| 6569 fillchar = 0; | |
| 6570 for (n = 0; tabtab[n].start != NULL; n++) | |
| 6571 { | |
| 6572 len += vim_strnsize(p, (int)(tabtab[n].start - p)); | |
| 6573 while (col < len) | |
| 6574 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6575 p = tabtab[n].start; | |
| 6576 fillchar = tabtab[n].userhl; | |
| 6577 } | |
| 6578 while (col < Columns) | |
| 6579 TabPageIdxs[col++] = fillchar; | |
| 6580 } | |
| 7 | 6581 } |
| 6582 | |
| 6583 #endif /* FEAT_STL_OPT */ | |
| 6584 | |
| 6585 /* | |
| 6586 * Output a single character directly to the screen and update ScreenLines. | |
| 6587 */ | |
| 6588 void | |
| 6589 screen_putchar(c, row, col, attr) | |
| 6590 int c; | |
| 6591 int row, col; | |
| 6592 int attr; | |
| 6593 { | |
| 6594 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6595 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 6596 | |
| 6597 buf[(*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 6598 #else | |
| 6599 char_u buf[2]; | |
| 6600 | |
| 6601 buf[0] = c; | |
| 6602 buf[1] = NUL; | |
| 6603 #endif | |
| 6604 screen_puts(buf, row, col, attr); | |
| 6605 } | |
| 6606 | |
| 6607 /* | |
| 6608 * Get a single character directly from ScreenLines into "bytes[]". | |
| 6609 * Also return its attribute in *attrp; | |
| 6610 */ | |
| 6611 void | |
| 6612 screen_getbytes(row, col, bytes, attrp) | |
| 6613 int row, col; | |
| 6614 char_u *bytes; | |
| 6615 int *attrp; | |
| 6616 { | |
| 6617 unsigned off; | |
| 6618 | |
| 6619 /* safety check */ | |
| 6620 if (ScreenLines != NULL && row < screen_Rows && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6621 { | |
| 6622 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 6623 *attrp = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6624 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6625 bytes[1] = NUL; | |
| 6626 | |
| 6627 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6628 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 6629 bytes[utfc_char2bytes(off, bytes)] = NUL; | |
| 6630 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 6631 { | |
| 6632 bytes[0] = ScreenLines[off]; | |
| 6633 bytes[1] = ScreenLines2[off]; | |
| 6634 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6635 } | |
| 6636 else if (enc_dbcs && MB_BYTE2LEN(bytes[0]) > 1) | |
| 6637 { | |
| 6638 bytes[1] = ScreenLines[off + 1]; | |
| 6639 bytes[2] = NUL; | |
| 6640 } | |
| 6641 #endif | |
| 6642 } | |
| 6643 } | |
| 6644 | |
| 714 | 6645 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6646 static int screen_comp_differs __ARGS((int, int*)); | |
| 6647 | |
| 6648 /* | |
| 6649 * Return TRUE if composing characters for screen posn "off" differs from | |
| 6650 * composing characters in "u8cc". | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6651 * Only to be used when ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0. |
| 714 | 6652 */ |
| 6653 static int | |
| 6654 screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc) | |
| 6655 int off; | |
| 6656 int *u8cc; | |
| 6657 { | |
| 6658 int i; | |
| 6659 | |
| 6660 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) | |
| 6661 { | |
| 6662 if (ScreenLinesC[i][off] != (u8char_T)u8cc[i]) | |
| 6663 return TRUE; | |
| 6664 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6665 break; | |
| 6666 } | |
| 6667 return FALSE; | |
| 6668 } | |
| 6669 #endif | |
| 6670 | |
| 7 | 6671 /* |
| 6672 * Put string '*text' on the screen at position 'row' and 'col', with | |
| 6673 * attributes 'attr', and update ScreenLines[] and ScreenAttrs[]. | |
| 6674 * Note: only outputs within one row, message is truncated at screen boundary! | |
| 6675 * Note: if ScreenLines[], row and/or col is invalid, nothing is done. | |
| 6676 */ | |
| 6677 void | |
| 6678 screen_puts(text, row, col, attr) | |
| 6679 char_u *text; | |
| 6680 int row; | |
| 6681 int col; | |
| 6682 int attr; | |
| 6683 { | |
| 6684 screen_puts_len(text, -1, row, col, attr); | |
| 6685 } | |
| 6686 | |
| 6687 /* | |
| 6688 * Like screen_puts(), but output "text[len]". When "len" is -1 output up to | |
| 6689 * a NUL. | |
| 6690 */ | |
| 6691 void | |
| 6692 screen_puts_len(text, len, row, col, attr) | |
| 6693 char_u *text; | |
| 6694 int len; | |
| 6695 int row; | |
| 6696 int col; | |
| 6697 int attr; | |
| 6698 { | |
| 6699 unsigned off; | |
| 6700 char_u *ptr = text; | |
| 6701 int c; | |
| 6702 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 6703 unsigned max_off; |
| 7 | 6704 int mbyte_blen = 1; |
| 6705 int mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6706 int u8c = 0; | |
| 714 | 6707 int u8cc[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 6708 int clear_next_cell = FALSE; |
| 6709 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 6710 int prev_c = 0; /* previous Arabic character */ | |
| 714 | 6711 int pc, nc, nc1; |
| 6712 int pcc[MAX_MCO]; | |
| 7 | 6713 # endif |
| 6714 #endif | |
| 1843 | 6715 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6716 int force_redraw_this; | |
| 6717 int force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6718 #endif | |
| 6719 int need_redraw; | |
| 7 | 6720 |
| 6721 if (ScreenLines == NULL || row >= screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 6722 return; | |
| 1843 | 6723 off = LineOffset[row] + col; |
| 7 | 6724 |
| 1668 | 6725 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6726 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear out the | |
| 6727 * left halve. Only needed in a terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 6728 if (has_mbyte && col > 0 && col < screen_Columns |
| 1668 | 6729 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6730 && !gui.in_use | |
| 6731 # endif | |
| 6732 && mb_fix_col(col, row) != col) | |
| 1843 | 6733 { |
| 6734 ScreenLines[off - 1] = ' '; | |
| 6735 ScreenAttrs[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6736 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6737 { | |
| 6738 ScreenLinesUC[off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6739 ScreenLinesC[0][off - 1] = 0; | |
| 6740 } | |
| 6741 /* redraw the previous cell, make it empty */ | |
| 6742 screen_char(off - 1, row, col - 1); | |
| 6743 /* force the cell at "col" to be redrawn */ | |
| 6744 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 6745 } | |
| 6746 #endif | |
| 6747 | |
| 1378 | 6748 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6749 max_off = LineOffset[row] + screen_Columns; | |
| 6750 #endif | |
| 1340 | 6751 while (col < screen_Columns |
| 6752 && (len < 0 || (int)(ptr - text) < len) | |
| 6753 && *ptr != NUL) | |
| 7 | 6754 { |
| 6755 c = *ptr; | |
| 6756 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6757 /* check if this is the first byte of a multibyte */ | |
| 6758 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6759 { | |
| 6760 if (enc_utf8 && len > 0) | |
| 474 | 6761 mbyte_blen = utfc_ptr2len_len(ptr, (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 7 | 6762 else |
| 474 | 6763 mbyte_blen = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); |
| 7 | 6764 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) |
| 6765 mbyte_cells = 1; | |
| 6766 else if (enc_dbcs != 0) | |
| 6767 mbyte_cells = mbyte_blen; | |
| 6768 else /* enc_utf8 */ | |
| 6769 { | |
| 6770 if (len >= 0) | |
| 714 | 6771 u8c = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr, u8cc, |
| 7 | 6772 (int)((text + len) - ptr)); |
| 6773 else | |
| 714 | 6774 u8c = utfc_ptr2char(ptr, u8cc); |
| 7 | 6775 mbyte_cells = utf_char2cells(u8c); |
| 1401 | 6776 # ifdef UNICODE16 |
| 7 | 6777 /* Non-BMP character: display as ? or fullwidth ?. */ |
| 6778 if (u8c >= 0x10000) | |
| 6779 { | |
| 6780 u8c = (mbyte_cells == 2) ? 0xff1f : (int)'?'; | |
| 6781 if (attr == 0) | |
| 6782 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); | |
| 6783 } | |
| 1401 | 6784 # endif |
| 7 | 6785 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC |
| 6786 if (p_arshape && !p_tbidi && ARABIC_CHAR(u8c)) | |
| 6787 { | |
| 6788 /* Do Arabic shaping. */ | |
| 6789 if (len >= 0 && (int)(ptr - text) + mbyte_blen >= len) | |
| 6790 { | |
| 6791 /* Past end of string to be displayed. */ | |
| 6792 nc = NUL; | |
| 6793 nc1 = NUL; | |
| 6794 } | |
| 6795 else | |
| 714 | 6796 { |
| 1994 | 6797 nc = utfc_ptr2char_len(ptr + mbyte_blen, pcc, |
| 6798 (int)((text + len) - ptr - mbyte_blen)); | |
| 714 | 6799 nc1 = pcc[0]; |
| 6800 } | |
| 7 | 6801 pc = prev_c; |
| 6802 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 714 | 6803 u8c = arabic_shape(u8c, &c, &u8cc[0], nc, nc1, pc); |
| 7 | 6804 } |
| 6805 else | |
| 6806 prev_c = u8c; | |
| 6807 # endif | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6808 if (col + mbyte_cells > screen_Columns) |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6809 { |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6810 /* Only 1 cell left, but character requires 2 cells: |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6811 * display a '>' in the last column to avoid wrapping. */ |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6812 c = '>'; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6813 mbyte_cells = 1; |
|
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
6814 } |
| 7 | 6815 } |
| 6816 } | |
| 6817 #endif | |
| 6818 | |
| 1843 | 6819 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) |
| 6820 force_redraw_this = force_redraw_next; | |
| 6821 force_redraw_next = FALSE; | |
| 6822 #endif | |
| 6823 | |
| 6824 need_redraw = ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7 | 6825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 6826 || (mbyte_cells == 2 | |
| 6827 && ScreenLines[off + 1] != (enc_dbcs ? ptr[1] : 0)) | |
| 6828 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 6829 && c == 0x8e | |
| 6830 && ScreenLines2[off] != ptr[1]) | |
| 6831 || (enc_utf8 | |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6832 && (ScreenLinesUC[off] != |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6833 (u8char_T)(c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0 ? 0 : u8c) |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6834 || (ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0 |
|
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
6835 && screen_comp_differs(off, u8cc)))) |
| 7 | 6836 #endif |
| 6837 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 1843 | 6838 || exmode_active; |
| 6839 | |
| 6840 if (need_redraw | |
| 6841 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6842 || force_redraw_this | |
| 6843 #endif | |
| 7 | 6844 ) |
| 6845 { | |
| 6846 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6847 /* The bold trick makes a single row of pixels appear in the next | |
| 6848 * character. When a bold character is removed, the next | |
| 6849 * character should be redrawn too. This happens for our own GUI | |
| 1843 | 6850 * and for some xterms. */ |
| 6851 if (need_redraw && ScreenLines[off] != ' ' && ( | |
| 7 | 6852 # ifdef FEAT_GUI |
| 6853 gui.in_use | |
| 6854 # endif | |
| 6855 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 6856 || | |
| 6857 # endif | |
| 6858 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 6859 term_is_xterm | |
| 6860 # endif | |
| 1843 | 6861 )) |
| 6862 { | |
| 6863 int n = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 6864 | |
| 6865 if (n > HL_ALL) | |
| 6866 n = syn_attr2attr(n); | |
| 6867 if (n & HL_BOLD) | |
| 6868 force_redraw_next = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 6869 } |
| 6870 #endif | |
| 6871 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6872 /* When at the end of the text and overwriting a two-cell | |
| 6873 * character with a one-cell character, need to clear the next | |
| 6874 * cell. Also when overwriting the left halve of a two-cell char | |
| 6875 * with the right halve of a two-cell char. Do this only once | |
| 6876 * (mb_off2cells() may return 2 on the right halve). */ | |
| 6877 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6878 clear_next_cell = FALSE; | |
| 6879 else if (has_mbyte | |
| 6880 && (len < 0 ? ptr[mbyte_blen] == NUL | |
| 6881 : ptr + mbyte_blen >= text + len) | |
| 1378 | 6882 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6883 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6884 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6885 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6886 clear_next_cell = TRUE; |
| 6887 | |
| 6888 /* Make sure we never leave a second byte of a double-byte behind, | |
| 6889 * it confuses mb_off2cells(). */ | |
| 6890 if (enc_dbcs | |
| 1378 | 6891 && ((mbyte_cells == 1 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 6892 || (mbyte_cells == 2 |
| 1378 | 6893 && (*mb_off2cells)(off, max_off) == 1 |
| 6894 && (*mb_off2cells)(off + 1, max_off) > 1))) | |
| 7 | 6895 ScreenLines[off + mbyte_blen] = 0; |
| 6896 #endif | |
| 6897 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 6898 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 6899 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6900 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 6901 { | |
| 714 | 6902 if (c < 0x80 && u8cc[0] == 0) |
| 7 | 6903 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; |
| 6904 else | |
| 6905 { | |
| 714 | 6906 int i; |
| 6907 | |
| 7 | 6908 ScreenLinesUC[off] = u8c; |
| 714 | 6909 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 6910 { | |
| 6911 ScreenLinesC[i][off] = u8cc[i]; | |
| 6912 if (u8cc[i] == 0) | |
| 6913 break; | |
| 6914 } | |
| 7 | 6915 } |
| 6916 if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6917 { | |
| 6918 ScreenLines[off + 1] = 0; | |
| 6919 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6920 } | |
| 6921 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6922 } | |
| 6923 else if (mbyte_cells == 2) | |
| 6924 { | |
| 6925 ScreenLines[off + 1] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6926 ScreenAttrs[off + 1] = attr; | |
| 6927 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6928 } | |
| 6929 else if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && c == 0x8e) | |
| 6930 { | |
| 6931 ScreenLines2[off] = ptr[1]; | |
| 6932 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6933 } | |
| 6934 else | |
| 6935 #endif | |
| 6936 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6937 } | |
| 6938 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6939 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 6940 { | |
| 6941 off += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6942 col += mbyte_cells; | |
| 6943 ptr += mbyte_blen; | |
| 6944 if (clear_next_cell) | |
| 6945 ptr = (char_u *)" "; | |
| 6946 } | |
| 6947 else | |
| 6948 #endif | |
| 6949 { | |
| 6950 ++off; | |
| 6951 ++col; | |
| 6952 ++ptr; | |
| 6953 } | |
| 6954 } | |
| 1843 | 6955 |
| 6956 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 6957 /* If we detected the next character needs to be redrawn, but the text | |
| 6958 * doesn't extend up to there, update the character here. */ | |
| 6959 if (force_redraw_next && col < screen_Columns) | |
| 6960 { | |
| 6961 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 6962 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off, max_off) > 1) | |
| 6963 screen_char_2(off, row, col); | |
| 6964 else | |
| 6965 # endif | |
| 6966 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 6967 } | |
| 6968 #endif | |
| 7 | 6969 } |
| 6970 | |
| 6971 #ifdef FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA | |
| 6972 /* | |
| 1326 | 6973 * Prepare for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6974 */ |
| 6975 static void | |
| 6976 start_search_hl() | |
| 6977 { | |
| 6978 if (p_hls && !no_hlsearch) | |
| 6979 { | |
| 6980 last_pat_prog(&search_hl.rm); | |
| 6981 search_hl.attr = hl_attr(HLF_L); | |
| 1521 | 6982 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 6983 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ | |
| 6984 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &search_hl.tm); | |
| 6985 # endif | |
| 7 | 6986 } |
| 6987 } | |
| 6988 | |
| 6989 /* | |
| 1326 | 6990 * Clean up for 'hlsearch' highlighting. |
| 7 | 6991 */ |
| 6992 static void | |
| 6993 end_search_hl() | |
| 6994 { | |
| 6995 if (search_hl.rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 6996 { | |
| 6997 vim_free(search_hl.rm.regprog); | |
| 6998 search_hl.rm.regprog = NULL; | |
| 6999 } | |
| 7000 } | |
| 7001 | |
| 7002 /* | |
|
2284
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7003 * Init for calling prepare_search_hl(). |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7004 */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7005 static void |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7006 init_search_hl(wp) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7007 win_T *wp; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7008 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7009 matchitem_T *cur; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7010 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7011 /* Setup for match and 'hlsearch' highlighting. Disable any previous |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7012 * match */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7013 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7014 while (cur != NULL) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7015 { |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7016 cur->hl.rm = cur->match; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7017 if (cur->hlg_id == 0) |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7018 cur->hl.attr = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7019 else |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7020 cur->hl.attr = syn_id2attr(cur->hlg_id); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7021 cur->hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7022 cur->hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7023 cur->hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7024 # ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7025 /* Set the time limit to 'redrawtime'. */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7026 profile_setlimit(p_rdt, &(cur->hl.tm)); |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7027 # endif |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7028 cur = cur->next; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7029 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7030 search_hl.buf = wp->w_buffer; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7031 search_hl.lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7032 search_hl.first_lnum = 0; |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7033 /* time limit is set at the toplevel, for all windows */ |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7034 } |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7035 |
|
cca510a8b85b
Better init for match highlighting when using conceal feature.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2277
diff
changeset
|
7036 /* |
| 7 | 7037 * Advance to the match in window "wp" line "lnum" or past it. |
| 7038 */ | |
| 7039 static void | |
| 7040 prepare_search_hl(wp, lnum) | |
| 7041 win_T *wp; | |
| 7042 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 7043 { | |
| 1326 | 7044 matchitem_T *cur; /* points to the match list */ |
| 7045 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ | |
| 7046 int shl_flag; /* flag to indicate whether search_hl | |
| 7047 has been processed or not */ | |
| 7 | 7048 int n; |
| 7049 | |
| 7050 /* | |
| 7051 * When using a multi-line pattern, start searching at the top | |
| 7052 * of the window or just after a closed fold. | |
| 1326 | 7053 * Do this both for search_hl and the match list. |
| 7 | 7054 */ |
| 1326 | 7055 cur = wp->w_match_head; |
| 7056 shl_flag = FALSE; | |
| 7057 while (cur != NULL || shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7058 { | |
| 7059 if (shl_flag == FALSE) | |
| 7060 { | |
| 7061 shl = &search_hl; | |
| 7062 shl_flag = TRUE; | |
| 7063 } | |
| 7064 else | |
| 7065 shl = &cur->hl; | |
| 7 | 7066 if (shl->rm.regprog != NULL |
| 7067 && shl->lnum == 0 | |
| 7068 && re_multiline(shl->rm.regprog)) | |
| 7069 { | |
| 7070 if (shl->first_lnum == 0) | |
| 7071 { | |
| 7072 # ifdef FEAT_FOLDING | |
| 7073 for (shl->first_lnum = lnum; | |
| 7074 shl->first_lnum > wp->w_topline; --shl->first_lnum) | |
| 7075 if (hasFoldingWin(wp, shl->first_lnum - 1, | |
| 7076 NULL, NULL, TRUE, NULL)) | |
| 7077 break; | |
| 7078 # else | |
| 7079 shl->first_lnum = wp->w_topline; | |
| 7080 # endif | |
| 7081 } | |
| 7082 n = 0; | |
| 7083 while (shl->first_lnum < lnum && shl->rm.regprog != NULL) | |
| 7084 { | |
| 7085 next_search_hl(wp, shl, shl->first_lnum, (colnr_T)n); | |
| 7086 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7087 { | |
| 7088 shl->first_lnum = shl->lnum | |
| 7089 + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum | |
| 7090 - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7091 n = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7092 } | |
| 7093 else | |
| 7094 { | |
| 7095 ++shl->first_lnum; | |
| 7096 n = 0; | |
| 7097 } | |
| 7098 } | |
| 7099 } | |
| 1326 | 7100 if (shl != &search_hl && cur != NULL) |
| 7101 cur = cur->next; | |
| 7 | 7102 } |
| 7103 } | |
| 7104 | |
| 7105 /* | |
| 1326 | 7106 * Search for a next 'hlsearch' or match. |
| 7 | 7107 * Uses shl->buf. |
| 7108 * Sets shl->lnum and shl->rm contents. | |
| 7109 * Note: Assumes a previous match is always before "lnum", unless | |
| 7110 * shl->lnum is zero. | |
| 7111 * Careful: Any pointers for buffer lines will become invalid. | |
| 7112 */ | |
| 7113 static void | |
| 7114 next_search_hl(win, shl, lnum, mincol) | |
| 7115 win_T *win; | |
| 1326 | 7116 match_T *shl; /* points to search_hl or a match */ |
| 7 | 7117 linenr_T lnum; |
| 7118 colnr_T mincol; /* minimal column for a match */ | |
| 7119 { | |
| 7120 linenr_T l; | |
| 7121 colnr_T matchcol; | |
| 7122 long nmatched; | |
| 7123 | |
| 7124 if (shl->lnum != 0) | |
| 7125 { | |
| 7126 /* Check for three situations: | |
| 7127 * 1. If the "lnum" is below a previous match, start a new search. | |
| 7128 * 2. If the previous match includes "mincol", use it. | |
| 7129 * 3. Continue after the previous match. | |
| 7130 */ | |
| 7131 l = shl->lnum + shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum - shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7132 if (lnum > l) | |
| 7133 shl->lnum = 0; | |
| 7134 else if (lnum < l || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7135 return; | |
| 7136 } | |
| 7137 | |
| 7138 /* | |
| 7139 * Repeat searching for a match until one is found that includes "mincol" | |
| 7140 * or none is found in this line. | |
| 7141 */ | |
| 7142 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7143 for (;;) | |
| 7144 { | |
| 1521 | 7145 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME |
| 7146 /* Stop searching after passing the time limit. */ | |
| 7147 if (profile_passed_limit(&(shl->tm))) | |
| 7148 { | |
| 7149 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found in time */ | |
| 7150 break; | |
| 7151 } | |
| 7152 #endif | |
| 7 | 7153 /* Three situations: |
| 7154 * 1. No useful previous match: search from start of line. | |
| 7155 * 2. Not Vi compatible or empty match: continue at next character. | |
| 7156 * Break the loop if this is beyond the end of the line. | |
| 7157 * 3. Vi compatible searching: continue at end of previous match. | |
| 7158 */ | |
| 7159 if (shl->lnum == 0) | |
| 7160 matchcol = 0; | |
| 7161 else if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_SEARCH) == NULL | |
| 7162 || (shl->rm.endpos[0].lnum == 0 | |
| 685 | 7163 && shl->rm.endpos[0].col <= shl->rm.startpos[0].col)) |
| 7164 { | |
| 688 | 7165 char_u *ml; |
| 685 | 7166 |
| 7167 matchcol = shl->rm.startpos[0].col; | |
| 688 | 7168 ml = ml_get_buf(shl->buf, lnum, FALSE) + matchcol; |
| 685 | 7169 if (*ml == NUL) |
| 7170 { | |
| 7171 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7172 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7173 break; | |
| 7174 } | |
| 685 | 7175 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7176 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 7177 matchcol += mb_ptr2len(ml); | |
| 7178 else | |
| 7179 #endif | |
| 7180 ++matchcol; | |
| 7 | 7181 } |
| 7182 else | |
| 7183 matchcol = shl->rm.endpos[0].col; | |
| 7184 | |
| 7185 shl->lnum = lnum; | |
| 1521 | 7186 nmatched = vim_regexec_multi(&shl->rm, win, shl->buf, lnum, matchcol, |
| 7187 #ifdef FEAT_RELTIME | |
| 7188 &(shl->tm) | |
| 7189 #else | |
| 7190 NULL | |
| 7191 #endif | |
| 7192 ); | |
|
2359
496feb41b83f
Fix: When 'searchhl' causes a hang make CTRL-C disable 'shearchhl'.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2356
diff
changeset
|
7193 if (called_emsg || got_int) |
| 7 | 7194 { |
| 7195 /* Error while handling regexp: stop using this regexp. */ | |
| 1112 | 7196 if (shl == &search_hl) |
| 7197 { | |
| 1326 | 7198 /* don't free regprog in the match list, it's a copy */ |
| 1112 | 7199 vim_free(shl->rm.regprog); |
| 7200 no_hlsearch = TRUE; | |
| 7201 } | |
| 7 | 7202 shl->rm.regprog = NULL; |
| 1112 | 7203 shl->lnum = 0; |
| 7204 got_int = FALSE; /* avoid the "Type :quit to exit Vim" message */ | |
| 7 | 7205 break; |
| 7206 } | |
| 7207 if (nmatched == 0) | |
| 7208 { | |
| 7209 shl->lnum = 0; /* no match found */ | |
| 7210 break; | |
| 7211 } | |
| 7212 if (shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum > 0 | |
| 7213 || shl->rm.startpos[0].col >= mincol | |
| 7214 || nmatched > 1 | |
| 7215 || shl->rm.endpos[0].col > mincol) | |
| 7216 { | |
| 7217 shl->lnum += shl->rm.startpos[0].lnum; | |
| 7218 break; /* useful match found */ | |
| 7219 } | |
| 7220 } | |
| 7221 } | |
| 7222 #endif | |
| 7223 | |
| 7224 static void | |
| 7225 screen_start_highlight(attr) | |
| 7226 int attr; | |
| 7227 { | |
| 7228 attrentry_T *aep = NULL; | |
| 7229 | |
| 7230 screen_attr = attr; | |
| 7231 if (full_screen | |
| 7232 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7233 && termcap_active | |
| 7234 #endif | |
| 7235 ) | |
| 7236 { | |
| 7237 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7238 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7239 { | |
| 7240 char buf[20]; | |
| 7241 | |
| 681 | 7242 /* The GUI handles this internally. */ |
| 7243 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dh", ESC_STR "|%dh"), attr); | |
| 7 | 7244 OUT_STR(buf); |
| 7245 } | |
| 7246 else | |
| 7247 #endif | |
| 7248 { | |
| 7249 if (attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7250 { | |
| 7251 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7252 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7253 else | |
| 7254 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr); | |
| 7255 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7256 attr = 0; | |
| 7257 else | |
| 7258 attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7259 } | |
| 7260 if ((attr & HL_BOLD) && T_MD != NULL) /* bold */ | |
| 7261 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 681 | 7262 else if (aep != NULL && t_colors > 1 && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color |
| 7263 && cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7264 /* If the Normal FG color has BOLD attribute and the new HL | |
| 7265 * has a FG color defined, clear BOLD. */ | |
| 7266 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7 | 7267 if ((attr & HL_STANDOUT) && T_SO != NULL) /* standout */ |
| 7268 out_str(T_SO); | |
| 205 | 7269 if ((attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) && T_US != NULL) |
| 7270 /* underline or undercurl */ | |
| 7 | 7271 out_str(T_US); |
| 7272 if ((attr & HL_ITALIC) && T_CZH != NULL) /* italic */ | |
| 7273 out_str(T_CZH); | |
| 7274 if ((attr & HL_INVERSE) && T_MR != NULL) /* inverse (reverse) */ | |
| 7275 out_str(T_MR); | |
| 7276 | |
| 7277 /* | |
| 7278 * Output the color or start string after bold etc., in case the | |
| 7279 * bold etc. override the color setting. | |
| 7280 */ | |
| 7281 if (aep != NULL) | |
| 7282 { | |
| 7283 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7284 { | |
| 7285 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color) | |
| 7286 term_fg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color - 1); | |
| 7287 if (aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color) | |
| 7288 term_bg_color(aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color - 1); | |
| 7289 } | |
| 7290 else | |
| 7291 { | |
| 7292 if (aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL) | |
| 7293 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.start); | |
| 7294 } | |
| 7295 } | |
| 7296 } | |
| 7297 } | |
| 7298 } | |
| 7299 | |
| 7300 void | |
| 7301 screen_stop_highlight() | |
| 7302 { | |
| 7303 int do_ME = FALSE; /* output T_ME code */ | |
| 7304 | |
| 7305 if (screen_attr != 0 | |
| 7306 #ifdef WIN3264 | |
| 7307 && termcap_active | |
| 7308 #endif | |
| 7309 ) | |
| 7310 { | |
| 7311 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7312 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 7313 { | |
| 7314 char buf[20]; | |
| 7315 | |
| 7316 /* use internal GUI code */ | |
| 7317 sprintf(buf, IF_EB("\033|%dH", ESC_STR "|%dH"), screen_attr); | |
| 7318 OUT_STR(buf); | |
| 7319 } | |
| 7320 else | |
| 7321 #endif | |
| 7322 { | |
| 7323 if (screen_attr > HL_ALL) /* special HL attr. */ | |
| 7324 { | |
| 7325 attrentry_T *aep; | |
| 7326 | |
| 7327 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7328 { | |
| 7329 /* | |
| 7330 * Assume that t_me restores the original colors! | |
| 7331 */ | |
| 7332 aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7333 if (aep != NULL && (aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color | |
| 7334 || aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)) | |
| 7335 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7336 } | |
| 7337 else | |
| 7338 { | |
| 7339 aep = syn_term_attr2entry(screen_attr); | |
| 7340 if (aep != NULL && aep->ae_u.term.stop != NULL) | |
| 7341 { | |
| 7342 if (STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7343 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7344 else | |
| 7345 out_str(aep->ae_u.term.stop); | |
| 7346 } | |
| 7347 } | |
| 7348 if (aep == NULL) /* did ":syntax clear" */ | |
| 7349 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7350 else | |
| 7351 screen_attr = aep->ae_attr; | |
| 7352 } | |
| 7353 | |
| 7354 /* | |
| 7355 * Often all ending-codes are equal to T_ME. Avoid outputting the | |
| 7356 * same sequence several times. | |
| 7357 */ | |
| 7358 if (screen_attr & HL_STANDOUT) | |
| 7359 { | |
| 7360 if (STRCMP(T_SE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7361 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7362 else | |
| 7363 out_str(T_SE); | |
| 7364 } | |
| 205 | 7365 if (screen_attr & (HL_UNDERLINE | HL_UNDERCURL)) |
| 7 | 7366 { |
| 7367 if (STRCMP(T_UE, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7368 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7369 else | |
| 7370 out_str(T_UE); | |
| 7371 } | |
| 7372 if (screen_attr & HL_ITALIC) | |
| 7373 { | |
| 7374 if (STRCMP(T_CZR, T_ME) == 0) | |
| 7375 do_ME = TRUE; | |
| 7376 else | |
| 7377 out_str(T_CZR); | |
| 7378 } | |
| 7379 if (do_ME || (screen_attr & (HL_BOLD | HL_INVERSE))) | |
| 7380 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7381 | |
| 7382 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7383 { | |
| 7384 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7385 if (cterm_normal_fg_color != 0) | |
| 7386 term_fg_color(cterm_normal_fg_color - 1); | |
| 7387 if (cterm_normal_bg_color != 0) | |
| 7388 term_bg_color(cterm_normal_bg_color - 1); | |
| 7389 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7390 out_str(T_MD); | |
| 7391 } | |
| 7392 } | |
| 7393 } | |
| 7394 screen_attr = 0; | |
| 7395 } | |
| 7396 | |
| 7397 /* | |
| 7398 * Reset the colors for a cterm. Used when leaving Vim. | |
| 7399 * The machine specific code may override this again. | |
| 7400 */ | |
| 7401 void | |
| 7402 reset_cterm_colors() | |
| 7403 { | |
| 7404 if (t_colors > 1) | |
| 7405 { | |
| 7406 /* set Normal cterm colors */ | |
| 7407 if (cterm_normal_fg_color > 0 || cterm_normal_bg_color > 0) | |
| 7408 { | |
| 7409 out_str(T_OP); | |
| 7410 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7411 } | |
| 7412 if (cterm_normal_fg_bold) | |
| 7413 { | |
| 7414 out_str(T_ME); | |
| 7415 screen_attr = -1; | |
| 7416 } | |
| 7417 } | |
| 7418 } | |
| 7419 | |
| 7420 /* | |
| 7421 * Put character ScreenLines["off"] on the screen at position "row" and "col", | |
| 7422 * using the attributes from ScreenAttrs["off"]. | |
| 7423 */ | |
| 7424 static void | |
| 7425 screen_char(off, row, col) | |
| 7426 unsigned off; | |
| 7427 int row; | |
| 7428 int col; | |
| 7429 { | |
| 7430 int attr; | |
| 7431 | |
| 7432 /* Check for illegal values, just in case (could happen just after | |
| 7433 * resizing). */ | |
| 7434 if (row >= screen_Rows || col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 7435 return; | |
| 7436 | |
| 7437 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7438 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7439 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col == screen_Columns - 1 | |
| 7440 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 7441 /* account for first command-line character in rightleft mode */ | |
| 7442 && !cmdmsg_rl | |
| 7443 #endif | |
| 7444 ) | |
| 7445 { | |
| 7446 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7447 return; | |
| 7448 } | |
| 7449 | |
| 7450 /* | |
| 7451 * Stop highlighting first, so it's easier to move the cursor. | |
| 7452 */ | |
| 7453 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) | |
| 7454 if (screen_char_attr != 0) | |
| 7455 attr = screen_char_attr; | |
| 7456 else | |
| 7457 #endif | |
| 7458 attr = ScreenAttrs[off]; | |
| 7459 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7460 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7461 | |
| 7462 windgoto(row, col); | |
| 7463 | |
| 7464 if (screen_attr != attr) | |
| 7465 screen_start_highlight(attr); | |
| 7466 | |
| 7467 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7468 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC[off] != 0) | |
| 7469 { | |
| 7470 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; | |
| 7471 | |
| 7472 /* Convert UTF-8 character to bytes and write it. */ | |
| 7473 | |
| 7474 buf[utfc_char2bytes(off, buf)] = NUL; | |
| 7475 | |
| 7476 out_str(buf); | |
| 7477 if (utf_char2cells(ScreenLinesUC[off]) > 1) | |
| 7478 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7479 } | |
| 7480 else | |
| 7481 #endif | |
| 7482 { | |
| 7483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7484 out_flush_check(); | |
| 7485 #endif | |
| 7486 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 7487 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7488 /* double-byte character in single-width cell */ | |
| 7489 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 7490 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 7491 #endif | |
| 7492 } | |
| 7493 | |
| 7494 screen_cur_col++; | |
| 7495 } | |
| 7496 | |
| 7497 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7498 | |
| 7499 /* | |
| 7500 * Used for enc_dbcs only: Put one double-wide character at ScreenLines["off"] | |
| 7501 * on the screen at position 'row' and 'col'. | |
| 7502 * The attributes of the first byte is used for all. This is required to | |
| 7503 * output the two bytes of a double-byte character with nothing in between. | |
| 7504 */ | |
| 7505 static void | |
| 7506 screen_char_2(off, row, col) | |
| 7507 unsigned off; | |
| 7508 int row; | |
| 7509 int col; | |
| 7510 { | |
| 7511 /* Check for illegal values (could be wrong when screen was resized). */ | |
| 7512 if (off + 1 >= (unsigned)(screen_Rows * screen_Columns)) | |
| 7513 return; | |
| 7514 | |
| 7515 /* Outputting the last character on the screen may scrollup the screen. | |
| 7516 * Don't to it! Mark the character invalid (update it when scrolled up) */ | |
| 7517 if (row == screen_Rows - 1 && col >= screen_Columns - 2) | |
| 7518 { | |
| 7519 ScreenAttrs[off] = (sattr_T)-1; | |
| 7520 return; | |
| 7521 } | |
| 7522 | |
| 7523 /* Output the first byte normally (positions the cursor), then write the | |
| 7524 * second byte directly. */ | |
| 7525 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7526 out_char(ScreenLines[off + 1]); | |
| 7527 ++screen_cur_col; | |
| 7528 } | |
| 7529 #endif | |
| 7530 | |
| 7531 #if defined(FEAT_CLIPBOARD) || defined(FEAT_VERTSPLIT) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 7532 /* | |
| 7533 * Draw a rectangle of the screen, inverted when "invert" is TRUE. | |
| 7534 * This uses the contents of ScreenLines[] and doesn't change it. | |
| 7535 */ | |
| 7536 void | |
| 7537 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, height, width, invert) | |
| 7538 int row; | |
| 7539 int col; | |
| 7540 int height; | |
| 7541 int width; | |
| 7542 int invert; | |
| 7543 { | |
| 7544 int r, c; | |
| 7545 int off; | |
| 1378 | 7546 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7547 int max_off; | |
| 7548 #endif | |
| 7 | 7549 |
| 534 | 7550 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ |
| 7551 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 7552 return; | |
| 7553 | |
| 7 | 7554 if (invert) |
| 7555 screen_char_attr = HL_INVERSE; | |
| 7556 for (r = row; r < row + height; ++r) | |
| 7557 { | |
| 7558 off = LineOffset[r]; | |
| 1378 | 7559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7560 max_off = off + screen_Columns; | |
| 7561 #endif | |
| 7 | 7562 for (c = col; c < col + width; ++c) |
| 7563 { | |
| 7564 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7565 if (enc_dbcs != 0 && dbcs_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7566 { |
| 7567 screen_char_2(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7568 ++c; | |
| 7569 } | |
| 7570 else | |
| 7571 #endif | |
| 7572 { | |
| 7573 screen_char(off + c, r, c); | |
| 7574 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1378 | 7575 if (utf_off2cells(off + c, max_off) > 1) |
| 7 | 7576 ++c; |
| 7577 #endif | |
| 7578 } | |
| 7579 } | |
| 7580 } | |
| 7581 screen_char_attr = 0; | |
| 7582 } | |
| 7583 #endif | |
| 7584 | |
| 7585 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 7586 /* | |
| 7587 * Redraw the characters for a vertically split window. | |
| 7588 */ | |
| 7589 static void | |
| 7590 redraw_block(row, end, wp) | |
| 7591 int row; | |
| 7592 int end; | |
| 7593 win_T *wp; | |
| 7594 { | |
| 7595 int col; | |
| 7596 int width; | |
| 7597 | |
| 7598 # ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 7599 clip_may_clear_selection(row, end - 1); | |
| 7600 # endif | |
| 7601 | |
| 7602 if (wp == NULL) | |
| 7603 { | |
| 7604 col = 0; | |
| 7605 width = Columns; | |
| 7606 } | |
| 7607 else | |
| 7608 { | |
| 7609 col = wp->w_wincol; | |
| 7610 width = wp->w_width; | |
| 7611 } | |
| 7612 screen_draw_rectangle(row, col, end - row, width, FALSE); | |
| 7613 } | |
| 7614 #endif | |
| 7615 | |
| 7616 /* | |
| 7617 * Fill the screen from 'start_row' to 'end_row', from 'start_col' to 'end_col' | |
| 7618 * with character 'c1' in first column followed by 'c2' in the other columns. | |
| 7619 * Use attributes 'attr'. | |
| 7620 */ | |
| 7621 void | |
| 7622 screen_fill(start_row, end_row, start_col, end_col, c1, c2, attr) | |
| 7623 int start_row, end_row; | |
| 7624 int start_col, end_col; | |
| 7625 int c1, c2; | |
| 7626 int attr; | |
| 7627 { | |
| 7628 int row; | |
| 7629 int col; | |
| 7630 int off; | |
| 7631 int end_off; | |
| 7632 int did_delete; | |
| 7633 int c; | |
| 7634 int norm_term; | |
| 7635 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7636 int force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7637 #endif | |
| 7638 | |
| 7639 if (end_row > screen_Rows) /* safety check */ | |
| 7640 end_row = screen_Rows; | |
| 7641 if (end_col > screen_Columns) /* safety check */ | |
| 7642 end_col = screen_Columns; | |
| 7643 if (ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 7644 || start_row >= end_row | |
| 7645 || start_col >= end_col) /* nothing to do */ | |
| 7646 return; | |
| 7647 | |
| 7648 /* it's a "normal" terminal when not in a GUI or cterm */ | |
| 7649 norm_term = ( | |
| 7650 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7651 !gui.in_use && | |
| 7652 #endif | |
| 7653 t_colors <= 1); | |
| 7654 for (row = start_row; row < end_row; ++row) | |
| 7655 { | |
| 1668 | 7656 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7657 if (has_mbyte | |
| 7658 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7659 && !gui.in_use | |
| 7660 # endif | |
| 7661 ) | |
| 7662 { | |
| 7663 /* When drawing over the right halve of a double-wide char clear | |
| 7664 * out the left halve. When drawing over the left halve of a | |
| 7665 * double wide-char clear out the right halve. Only needed in a | |
| 7666 * terminal. */ | |
| 1685 | 7667 if (start_col > 0 && mb_fix_col(start_col, row) != start_col) |
| 1670 | 7668 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, start_col - 1, 0); |
| 1677 | 7669 if (end_col < screen_Columns && mb_fix_col(end_col, row) != end_col) |
| 1670 | 7670 screen_puts_len((char_u *)" ", 1, row, end_col, 0); |
| 1668 | 7671 } |
| 7672 #endif | |
| 7 | 7673 /* |
| 7674 * Try to use delete-line termcap code, when no attributes or in a | |
| 7675 * "normal" terminal, where a bold/italic space is just a | |
| 7676 * space. | |
| 7677 */ | |
| 7678 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 7679 if (c2 == ' ' | |
| 7680 && end_col == Columns | |
| 7681 && can_clear(T_CE) | |
| 7682 && (attr == 0 | |
| 7683 || (norm_term | |
| 7684 && attr <= HL_ALL | |
| 7685 && ((attr & ~(HL_BOLD | HL_ITALIC)) == 0)))) | |
| 7686 { | |
| 7687 /* | |
| 7688 * check if we really need to clear something | |
| 7689 */ | |
| 7690 col = start_col; | |
| 7691 if (c1 != ' ') /* don't clear first char */ | |
| 7692 ++col; | |
| 7693 | |
| 7694 off = LineOffset[row] + col; | |
| 7695 end_off = LineOffset[row] + end_col; | |
| 7696 | |
| 7697 /* skip blanks (used often, keep it fast!) */ | |
| 7698 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7699 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7700 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7701 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0 && ScreenLinesUC[off] == 0) | |
| 7702 ++off; | |
| 7703 else | |
| 7704 #endif | |
| 7705 while (off < end_off && ScreenLines[off] == ' ' | |
| 7706 && ScreenAttrs[off] == 0) | |
| 7707 ++off; | |
| 7708 if (off < end_off) /* something to be cleared */ | |
| 7709 { | |
| 7710 col = off - LineOffset[row]; | |
| 7711 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 7712 term_windgoto(row, col);/* clear rest of this screen line */ | |
| 7713 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 7714 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 7715 col = end_col - col; | |
| 7716 while (col--) /* clear chars in ScreenLines */ | |
| 7717 { | |
| 7718 ScreenLines[off] = ' '; | |
| 7719 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7720 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7721 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7722 #endif | |
| 7723 ScreenAttrs[off] = 0; | |
| 7724 ++off; | |
| 7725 } | |
| 7726 } | |
| 7727 did_delete = TRUE; /* the chars are cleared now */ | |
| 7728 } | |
| 7729 | |
| 7730 off = LineOffset[row] + start_col; | |
| 7731 c = c1; | |
| 7732 for (col = start_col; col < end_col; ++col) | |
| 7733 { | |
| 7734 if (ScreenLines[off] != c | |
| 7735 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7736 || (enc_utf8 && (int)ScreenLinesUC[off] |
| 7737 != (c >= 0x80 ? c : 0)) | |
| 7 | 7738 #endif |
| 7739 || ScreenAttrs[off] != attr | |
| 7740 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7741 || force_next | |
| 7742 #endif | |
| 7743 ) | |
| 7744 { | |
| 7745 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(UNIX) | |
| 7746 /* The bold trick may make a single row of pixels appear in | |
| 7747 * the next character. When a bold character is removed, the | |
| 7748 * next character should be redrawn too. This happens for our | |
| 7749 * own GUI and for some xterms. */ | |
| 7750 if ( | |
| 7751 # ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7752 gui.in_use | |
| 7753 # endif | |
| 7754 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(UNIX) | |
| 7755 || | |
| 7756 # endif | |
| 7757 # ifdef UNIX | |
| 7758 term_is_xterm | |
| 7759 # endif | |
| 7760 ) | |
| 7761 { | |
| 7762 if (ScreenLines[off] != ' ' | |
| 7763 && (ScreenAttrs[off] > HL_ALL | |
| 7764 || ScreenAttrs[off] & HL_BOLD)) | |
| 7765 force_next = TRUE; | |
| 7766 else | |
| 7767 force_next = FALSE; | |
| 7768 } | |
| 7769 #endif | |
| 7770 ScreenLines[off] = c; | |
| 7771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7772 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 7773 { | |
| 7774 if (c >= 0x80) | |
| 7775 { | |
| 7776 ScreenLinesUC[off] = c; | |
| 714 | 7777 ScreenLinesC[0][off] = 0; |
| 7 | 7778 } |
| 7779 else | |
| 7780 ScreenLinesUC[off] = 0; | |
| 7781 } | |
| 7782 #endif | |
| 7783 ScreenAttrs[off] = attr; | |
| 7784 if (!did_delete || c != ' ') | |
| 7785 screen_char(off, row, col); | |
| 7786 } | |
| 7787 ++off; | |
| 7788 if (col == start_col) | |
| 7789 { | |
| 7790 if (did_delete) | |
| 7791 break; | |
| 7792 c = c2; | |
| 7793 } | |
| 7794 } | |
| 7795 if (end_col == Columns) | |
| 7796 LineWraps[row] = FALSE; | |
| 7797 if (row == Rows - 1) /* overwritten the command line */ | |
| 7798 { | |
| 7799 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 7800 if (c1 == ' ' && c2 == ' ') | |
| 7801 clear_cmdline = FALSE; /* command line has been cleared */ | |
| 644 | 7802 if (start_col == 0) |
| 7803 mode_displayed = FALSE; /* mode cleared or overwritten */ | |
| 7 | 7804 } |
| 7805 } | |
| 7806 } | |
| 7807 | |
| 7808 /* | |
| 7809 * Check if there should be a delay. Used before clearing or redrawing the | |
| 7810 * screen or the command line. | |
| 7811 */ | |
| 7812 void | |
| 7813 check_for_delay(check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7814 int check_msg_scroll; | |
| 7815 { | |
| 7816 if ((emsg_on_display || (check_msg_scroll && msg_scroll)) | |
| 7817 && !did_wait_return | |
| 7818 && emsg_silent == 0) | |
| 7819 { | |
| 7820 out_flush(); | |
| 7821 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); | |
| 7822 emsg_on_display = FALSE; | |
| 7823 if (check_msg_scroll) | |
| 7824 msg_scroll = FALSE; | |
| 7825 } | |
| 7826 } | |
| 7827 | |
| 7828 /* | |
| 7829 * screen_valid - allocate screen buffers if size changed | |
| 7830 * If "clear" is TRUE: clear screen if it has been resized. | |
| 7831 * Returns TRUE if there is a valid screen to write to. | |
| 7832 * Returns FALSE when starting up and screen not initialized yet. | |
| 7833 */ | |
| 7834 int | |
| 7835 screen_valid(clear) | |
| 7836 int clear; | |
| 7837 { | |
| 7838 screenalloc(clear); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 7839 return (ScreenLines != NULL); | |
| 7840 } | |
| 7841 | |
| 7842 /* | |
| 7843 * Resize the shell to Rows and Columns. | |
| 7844 * Allocate ScreenLines[] and associated items. | |
| 7845 * | |
| 7846 * There may be some time between setting Rows and Columns and (re)allocating | |
| 7847 * ScreenLines[]. This happens when starting up and when (manually) changing | |
| 7848 * the shell size. Always use screen_Rows and screen_Columns to access items | |
| 7849 * in ScreenLines[]. Use Rows and Columns for positioning text etc. where the | |
| 7850 * final size of the shell is needed. | |
| 7851 */ | |
| 7852 void | |
| 7853 screenalloc(clear) | |
| 7854 int clear; | |
| 7855 { | |
| 7856 int new_row, old_row; | |
| 7857 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 7858 int old_Rows; | |
| 7859 #endif | |
| 7860 win_T *wp; | |
| 7861 int outofmem = FALSE; | |
| 7862 int len; | |
| 7863 schar_T *new_ScreenLines; | |
| 7864 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7865 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 7866 u8char_T *new_ScreenLinesC[MAX_MCO]; |
| 7 | 7867 schar_T *new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; |
| 714 | 7868 int i; |
| 7 | 7869 #endif |
| 7870 sattr_T *new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 7871 unsigned *new_LineOffset; | |
| 7872 char_u *new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 7873 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7874 short *new_TabPageIdxs; |
| 671 | 7875 tabpage_T *tp; |
| 7876 #endif | |
| 7 | 7877 static int entered = FALSE; /* avoid recursiveness */ |
| 944 | 7878 static int done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; /* did outofmem message */ |
| 1824 | 7879 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7880 int retry_count = 0; | |
| 7881 | |
| 7882 retry: | |
| 7883 #endif | |
| 7 | 7884 /* |
| 7885 * Allocation of the screen buffers is done only when the size changes and | |
| 7886 * when Rows and Columns have been set and we have started doing full | |
| 7887 * screen stuff. | |
| 7888 */ | |
| 7889 if ((ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 7890 && Rows == screen_Rows | |
| 7891 && Columns == screen_Columns | |
| 7892 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 7893 && enc_utf8 == (ScreenLinesUC != NULL) | |
| 7894 && (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) == (ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 714 | 7895 && p_mco == Screen_mco |
| 7 | 7896 #endif |
| 7897 ) | |
| 7898 || Rows == 0 | |
| 7899 || Columns == 0 | |
| 7900 || (!full_screen && ScreenLines == NULL)) | |
| 7901 return; | |
| 7902 | |
| 7903 /* | |
| 7904 * It's possible that we produce an out-of-memory message below, which | |
| 7905 * will cause this function to be called again. To break the loop, just | |
| 7906 * return here. | |
| 7907 */ | |
| 7908 if (entered) | |
| 7909 return; | |
| 7910 entered = TRUE; | |
| 7911 | |
| 911 | 7912 /* |
| 7913 * Note that the window sizes are updated before reallocating the arrays, | |
| 7914 * thus we must not redraw here! | |
| 7915 */ | |
| 7916 ++RedrawingDisabled; | |
| 7917 | |
| 7 | 7918 win_new_shellsize(); /* fit the windows in the new sized shell */ |
| 7919 | |
| 7920 comp_col(); /* recompute columns for shown command and ruler */ | |
| 7921 | |
| 7922 /* | |
| 7923 * We're changing the size of the screen. | |
| 7924 * - Allocate new arrays for ScreenLines and ScreenAttrs. | |
| 7925 * - Move lines from the old arrays into the new arrays, clear extra | |
| 7926 * lines (unless the screen is going to be cleared). | |
| 7927 * - Free the old arrays. | |
| 7928 * | |
| 7929 * If anything fails, make ScreenLines NULL, so we don't do anything! | |
| 7930 * Continuing with the old ScreenLines may result in a crash, because the | |
| 7931 * size is wrong. | |
| 7932 */ | |
| 671 | 7933 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7934 win_free_lsize(wp); |
| 1946 | 7935 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 7936 if (aucmd_win != NULL) | |
| 7937 win_free_lsize(aucmd_win); | |
| 7938 #endif | |
| 7 | 7939 |
| 7940 new_ScreenLines = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7941 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7942 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
|
2122
476336a5ae95
updated for version 7.2.404
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2069
diff
changeset
|
7943 vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC, 0, sizeof(u8char_T *) * MAX_MCO); |
| 7 | 7944 if (enc_utf8) |
| 7945 { | |
| 7946 new_ScreenLinesUC = (u8char_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7947 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); | |
| 714 | 7948 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
|
2124
dc8a5699253b
updated for version 7.2.406
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2122
diff
changeset
|
7949 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = (u8char_T *)lalloc_clear((long_u)( |
| 7 | 7950 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)), FALSE); |
| 7951 } | |
| 7952 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 7953 new_ScreenLines2 = (schar_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7954 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(schar_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7955 #endif | |
| 7956 new_ScreenAttrs = (sattr_T *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7957 (Rows + 1) * Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)), FALSE); | |
| 7958 new_LineOffset = (unsigned *)lalloc((long_u)( | |
| 7959 Rows * sizeof(unsigned)), FALSE); | |
| 7960 new_LineWraps = (char_u *)lalloc((long_u)(Rows * sizeof(char_u)), FALSE); | |
| 671 | 7961 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 681 | 7962 new_TabPageIdxs = (short *)lalloc((long_u)(Columns * sizeof(short)), FALSE); |
| 671 | 7963 #endif |
| 7 | 7964 |
| 677 | 7965 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp) |
| 7 | 7966 { |
| 7967 if (win_alloc_lines(wp) == FAIL) | |
| 7968 { | |
| 7969 outofmem = TRUE; | |
| 7970 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 1819 | 7971 goto give_up; |
| 7972 #endif | |
| 7973 } | |
| 7974 } | |
| 1906 | 7975 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD |
| 1946 | 7976 if (aucmd_win != NULL && aucmd_win->w_lines == NULL |
| 7977 && win_alloc_lines(aucmd_win) == FAIL) | |
| 1906 | 7978 outofmem = TRUE; |
| 7979 #endif | |
| 1819 | 7980 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7981 give_up: | |
| 7982 #endif | |
| 7 | 7983 |
| 714 | 7984 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 7985 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) | |
| 7986 if (new_ScreenLinesC[i] == NULL) | |
| 7987 break; | |
| 7988 #endif | |
| 7 | 7989 if (new_ScreenLines == NULL |
| 7990 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 7991 || (enc_utf8 && (new_ScreenLinesUC == NULL || i != p_mco)) |
| 7 | 7992 || (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && new_ScreenLines2 == NULL) |
| 7993 #endif | |
| 7994 || new_ScreenAttrs == NULL | |
| 7995 || new_LineOffset == NULL | |
| 7996 || new_LineWraps == NULL | |
| 671 | 7997 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 7998 || new_TabPageIdxs == NULL | |
| 7999 #endif | |
| 7 | 8000 || outofmem) |
| 8001 { | |
| 944 | 8002 if (ScreenLines != NULL || !done_outofmem_msg) |
| 534 | 8003 { |
| 8004 /* guess the size */ | |
| 8005 do_outofmem_msg((long_u)((Rows + 1) * Columns)); | |
| 8006 | |
| 8007 /* Remember we did this to avoid getting outofmem messages over | |
| 8008 * and over again. */ | |
| 944 | 8009 done_outofmem_msg = TRUE; |
| 534 | 8010 } |
| 7 | 8011 vim_free(new_ScreenLines); |
| 8012 new_ScreenLines = NULL; | |
| 8013 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8014 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesUC); | |
| 8015 new_ScreenLinesUC = NULL; | |
| 714 | 8016 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8017 { | |
| 8018 vim_free(new_ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 8019 new_ScreenLinesC[i] = NULL; | |
| 8020 } | |
| 7 | 8021 vim_free(new_ScreenLines2); |
| 8022 new_ScreenLines2 = NULL; | |
| 8023 #endif | |
| 8024 vim_free(new_ScreenAttrs); | |
| 8025 new_ScreenAttrs = NULL; | |
| 8026 vim_free(new_LineOffset); | |
| 8027 new_LineOffset = NULL; | |
| 8028 vim_free(new_LineWraps); | |
| 8029 new_LineWraps = NULL; | |
| 671 | 8030 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8031 vim_free(new_TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8032 new_TabPageIdxs = NULL; | |
| 8033 #endif | |
| 7 | 8034 } |
| 8035 else | |
| 8036 { | |
| 944 | 8037 done_outofmem_msg = FALSE; |
| 534 | 8038 |
| 7 | 8039 for (new_row = 0; new_row < Rows; ++new_row) |
| 8040 { | |
| 8041 new_LineOffset[new_row] = new_row * Columns; | |
| 8042 new_LineWraps[new_row] = FALSE; | |
| 8043 | |
| 8044 /* | |
| 8045 * If the screen is not going to be cleared, copy as much as | |
| 8046 * possible from the old screen to the new one and clear the rest | |
| 8047 * (used when resizing the window at the "--more--" prompt or when | |
| 8048 * executing an external command, for the GUI). | |
| 8049 */ | |
| 8050 if (!clear) | |
| 8051 { | |
| 8052 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8053 ' ', (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8054 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8055 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8056 { | |
| 8057 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8058 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8059 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8060 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8061 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 7 | 8062 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8063 } | |
| 8064 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8065 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenLines2 + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8066 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8067 #endif | |
| 8068 (void)vim_memset(new_ScreenAttrs + new_row * Columns, | |
| 8069 0, (size_t)Columns * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8070 old_row = new_row + (screen_Rows - Rows); | |
| 534 | 8071 if (old_row >= 0 && ScreenLines != NULL) |
| 7 | 8072 { |
| 8073 if (screen_Columns < Columns) | |
| 8074 len = screen_Columns; | |
| 8075 else | |
| 8076 len = Columns; | |
| 26 | 8077 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 571 | 8078 /* When switching to utf-8 don't copy characters, they |
| 714 | 8079 * may be invalid now. Also when p_mco changes. */ |
| 8080 if (!(enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC == NULL) | |
| 8081 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 26 | 8082 #endif |
| 8083 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8084 ScreenLines + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8085 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 7 | 8086 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 714 | 8087 if (enc_utf8 && ScreenLinesUC != NULL |
| 8088 && p_mco == Screen_mco) | |
| 7 | 8089 { |
| 8090 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesUC + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8091 ScreenLinesUC + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8092 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8093 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8094 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLinesC[i] | |
| 8095 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8096 ScreenLinesC[i] + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 7 | 8097 (size_t)len * sizeof(u8char_T)); |
| 8098 } | |
| 8099 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU && ScreenLines2 != NULL) | |
| 8100 mch_memmove(new_ScreenLines2 + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8101 ScreenLines2 + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8102 (size_t)len * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8103 #endif | |
| 8104 mch_memmove(new_ScreenAttrs + new_LineOffset[new_row], | |
| 8105 ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[old_row], | |
| 8106 (size_t)len * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8107 } | |
| 8108 } | |
| 8109 } | |
| 8110 /* Use the last line of the screen for the current line. */ | |
| 8111 current_ScreenLine = new_ScreenLines + Rows * Columns; | |
| 8112 } | |
| 8113 | |
| 356 | 8114 free_screenlines(); |
| 8115 | |
| 7 | 8116 ScreenLines = new_ScreenLines; |
| 8117 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8118 ScreenLinesUC = new_ScreenLinesUC; | |
| 714 | 8119 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8120 ScreenLinesC[i] = new_ScreenLinesC[i]; | |
| 8121 Screen_mco = p_mco; | |
| 7 | 8122 ScreenLines2 = new_ScreenLines2; |
| 8123 #endif | |
| 8124 ScreenAttrs = new_ScreenAttrs; | |
| 8125 LineOffset = new_LineOffset; | |
| 8126 LineWraps = new_LineWraps; | |
| 671 | 8127 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8128 TabPageIdxs = new_TabPageIdxs; | |
| 8129 #endif | |
| 7 | 8130 |
| 8131 /* It's important that screen_Rows and screen_Columns reflect the actual | |
| 8132 * size of ScreenLines[]. Set them before calling anything. */ | |
| 8133 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8134 old_Rows = screen_Rows; | |
| 8135 #endif | |
| 8136 screen_Rows = Rows; | |
| 8137 screen_Columns = Columns; | |
| 8138 | |
| 8139 must_redraw = CLEAR; /* need to clear the screen later */ | |
| 8140 if (clear) | |
| 8141 screenclear2(); | |
| 8142 | |
| 8143 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8144 else if (gui.in_use | |
| 8145 && !gui.starting | |
| 8146 && ScreenLines != NULL | |
| 8147 && old_Rows != Rows) | |
| 8148 { | |
| 8149 (void)gui_redraw_block(0, 0, (int)Rows - 1, (int)Columns - 1, 0); | |
| 8150 /* | |
| 8151 * Adjust the position of the cursor, for when executing an external | |
| 8152 * command. | |
| 8153 */ | |
| 8154 if (msg_row >= Rows) /* Rows got smaller */ | |
| 8155 msg_row = Rows - 1; /* put cursor at last row */ | |
| 8156 else if (Rows > old_Rows) /* Rows got bigger */ | |
| 8157 msg_row += Rows - old_Rows; /* put cursor in same place */ | |
| 8158 if (msg_col >= Columns) /* Columns got smaller */ | |
| 8159 msg_col = Columns - 1; /* put cursor at last column */ | |
| 8160 } | |
| 8161 #endif | |
| 8162 | |
| 8163 entered = FALSE; | |
| 911 | 8164 --RedrawingDisabled; |
| 766 | 8165 |
| 8166 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD | |
| 1824 | 8167 /* |
| 8168 * Do not apply autocommands more than 3 times to avoid an endless loop | |
| 8169 * in case applying autocommands always changes Rows or Columns. | |
| 8170 */ | |
| 8171 if (starting == 0 && ++retry_count <= 3) | |
| 8172 { | |
| 766 | 8173 apply_autocmds(EVENT_VIMRESIZED, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); |
| 1824 | 8174 /* In rare cases, autocommands may have altered Rows or Columns, |
| 8175 * jump back to check if we need to allocate the screen again. */ | |
| 8176 goto retry; | |
| 8177 } | |
| 766 | 8178 #endif |
| 7 | 8179 } |
| 8180 | |
| 8181 void | |
| 356 | 8182 free_screenlines() |
| 8183 { | |
| 8184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 714 | 8185 int i; |
| 8186 | |
| 356 | 8187 vim_free(ScreenLinesUC); |
| 714 | 8188 for (i = 0; i < Screen_mco; ++i) |
| 8189 vim_free(ScreenLinesC[i]); | |
| 356 | 8190 vim_free(ScreenLines2); |
| 8191 #endif | |
| 714 | 8192 vim_free(ScreenLines); |
| 356 | 8193 vim_free(ScreenAttrs); |
| 8194 vim_free(LineOffset); | |
| 8195 vim_free(LineWraps); | |
| 671 | 8196 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 8197 vim_free(TabPageIdxs); | |
| 8198 #endif | |
| 356 | 8199 } |
| 8200 | |
| 8201 void | |
| 7 | 8202 screenclear() |
| 8203 { | |
| 8204 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 8205 screenalloc(FALSE); /* allocate screen buffers if size changed */ | |
| 8206 screenclear2(); /* clear the screen */ | |
| 8207 } | |
| 8208 | |
| 8209 static void | |
| 8210 screenclear2() | |
| 8211 { | |
| 8212 int i; | |
| 8213 | |
| 8214 if (starting == NO_SCREEN || ScreenLines == NULL | |
| 8215 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8216 || (gui.in_use && gui.starting) | |
| 8217 #endif | |
| 8218 ) | |
| 8219 return; | |
| 8220 | |
| 8221 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8222 if (!gui.in_use) | |
| 8223 #endif | |
| 8224 screen_attr = -1; /* force setting the Normal colors */ | |
| 8225 screen_stop_highlight(); /* don't want highlighting here */ | |
| 8226 | |
| 8227 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 8228 /* disable selection without redrawing it */ | |
| 8229 clip_scroll_selection(9999); | |
| 8230 #endif | |
| 8231 | |
| 8232 /* blank out ScreenLines */ | |
| 8233 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8234 { | |
| 8235 lineclear(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8236 LineWraps[i] = FALSE; | |
| 8237 } | |
| 8238 | |
| 8239 if (can_clear(T_CL)) | |
| 8240 { | |
| 8241 out_str(T_CL); /* clear the display */ | |
| 8242 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 644 | 8243 mode_displayed = FALSE; |
| 7 | 8244 } |
| 8245 else | |
| 8246 { | |
| 8247 /* can't clear the screen, mark all chars with invalid attributes */ | |
| 8248 for (i = 0; i < Rows; ++i) | |
| 8249 lineinvalid(LineOffset[i], (int)Columns); | |
| 8250 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8251 } | |
| 8252 | |
| 8253 screen_cleared = TRUE; /* can use contents of ScreenLines now */ | |
| 8254 | |
| 8255 win_rest_invalid(firstwin); | |
| 8256 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 670 | 8257 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 673 | 8258 redraw_tabline = TRUE; |
| 670 | 8259 #endif |
| 7 | 8260 if (must_redraw == CLEAR) /* no need to clear again */ |
| 8261 must_redraw = NOT_VALID; | |
| 8262 compute_cmdrow(); | |
| 8263 msg_row = cmdline_row; /* put cursor on last line for messages */ | |
| 8264 msg_col = 0; | |
| 8265 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 8266 msg_scrolled = 0; /* can't scroll back */ | |
| 8267 msg_didany = FALSE; | |
| 8268 msg_didout = FALSE; | |
| 8269 } | |
| 8270 | |
| 8271 /* | |
| 8272 * Clear one line in ScreenLines. | |
| 8273 */ | |
| 8274 static void | |
| 8275 lineclear(off, width) | |
| 8276 unsigned off; | |
| 8277 int width; | |
| 8278 { | |
| 8279 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLines + off, ' ', (size_t)width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8280 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8281 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8282 (void)vim_memset(ScreenLinesUC + off, 0, | |
| 8283 (size_t)width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 8284 #endif | |
| 8285 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, 0, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8286 } | |
| 8287 | |
| 8288 /* | |
| 8289 * Mark one line in ScreenLines invalid by setting the attributes to an | |
| 8290 * invalid value. | |
| 8291 */ | |
| 8292 static void | |
| 8293 lineinvalid(off, width) | |
| 8294 unsigned off; | |
| 8295 int width; | |
| 8296 { | |
| 8297 (void)vim_memset(ScreenAttrs + off, -1, (size_t)width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8298 } | |
| 8299 | |
| 8300 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8301 /* | |
| 8302 * Copy part of a Screenline for vertically split window "wp". | |
| 8303 */ | |
| 8304 static void | |
| 8305 linecopy(to, from, wp) | |
| 8306 int to; | |
| 8307 int from; | |
| 8308 win_T *wp; | |
| 8309 { | |
| 8310 unsigned off_to = LineOffset[to] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8311 unsigned off_from = LineOffset[from] + wp->w_wincol; | |
| 8312 | |
| 8313 mch_memmove(ScreenLines + off_to, ScreenLines + off_from, | |
| 8314 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8315 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8316 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8317 { | |
| 714 | 8318 int i; |
| 8319 | |
| 7 | 8320 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesUC + off_to, ScreenLinesUC + off_from, |
| 8321 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 714 | 8322 for (i = 0; i < p_mco; ++i) |
| 8323 mch_memmove(ScreenLinesC[i] + off_to, ScreenLinesC[i] + off_from, | |
| 8324 wp->w_width * sizeof(u8char_T)); | |
| 7 | 8325 } |
| 8326 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU) | |
| 8327 mch_memmove(ScreenLines2 + off_to, ScreenLines2 + off_from, | |
| 8328 wp->w_width * sizeof(schar_T)); | |
| 8329 # endif | |
| 8330 mch_memmove(ScreenAttrs + off_to, ScreenAttrs + off_from, | |
| 8331 wp->w_width * sizeof(sattr_T)); | |
| 8332 } | |
| 8333 #endif | |
| 8334 | |
| 8335 /* | |
| 8336 * Return TRUE if clearing with term string "p" would work. | |
| 8337 * It can't work when the string is empty or it won't set the right background. | |
| 8338 */ | |
| 8339 int | |
| 8340 can_clear(p) | |
| 8341 char_u *p; | |
| 8342 { | |
| 8343 return (*p != NUL && (t_colors <= 1 | |
| 8344 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 8345 || gui.in_use | |
| 8346 #endif | |
| 8347 || cterm_normal_bg_color == 0 || *T_UT != NUL)); | |
| 8348 } | |
| 8349 | |
| 8350 /* | |
| 8351 * Reset cursor position. Use whenever cursor was moved because of outputting | |
| 8352 * something directly to the screen (shell commands) or a terminal control | |
| 8353 * code. | |
| 8354 */ | |
| 8355 void | |
| 8356 screen_start() | |
| 8357 { | |
| 8358 screen_cur_row = screen_cur_col = 9999; | |
| 8359 } | |
| 8360 | |
| 8361 /* | |
| 8362 * Move the cursor to position "row","col" in the screen. | |
| 8363 * This tries to find the most efficient way to move, minimizing the number of | |
| 8364 * characters sent to the terminal. | |
| 8365 */ | |
| 8366 void | |
| 8367 windgoto(row, col) | |
| 8368 int row; | |
| 8369 int col; | |
| 8370 { | |
| 205 | 8371 sattr_T *p; |
| 7 | 8372 int i; |
| 8373 int plan; | |
| 8374 int cost; | |
| 8375 int wouldbe_col; | |
| 8376 int noinvcurs; | |
| 8377 char_u *bs; | |
| 8378 int goto_cost; | |
| 8379 int attr; | |
| 8380 | |
| 1213 | 8381 #define GOTO_COST 7 /* assume a term_windgoto() takes about 7 chars */ |
| 7 | 8382 #define HIGHL_COST 5 /* assume unhighlight takes 5 chars */ |
| 8383 | |
| 8384 #define PLAN_LE 1 | |
| 8385 #define PLAN_CR 2 | |
| 8386 #define PLAN_NL 3 | |
| 8387 #define PLAN_WRITE 4 | |
| 8388 /* Can't use ScreenLines unless initialized */ | |
| 8389 if (ScreenLines == NULL) | |
| 8390 return; | |
| 8391 | |
| 8392 if (col != screen_cur_col || row != screen_cur_row) | |
| 8393 { | |
| 8394 /* Check for valid position. */ | |
| 8395 if (row < 0) /* window without text lines? */ | |
| 8396 row = 0; | |
| 8397 if (row >= screen_Rows) | |
| 8398 row = screen_Rows - 1; | |
| 8399 if (col >= screen_Columns) | |
| 8400 col = screen_Columns - 1; | |
| 8401 | |
| 8402 /* check if no cursor movement is allowed in highlight mode */ | |
| 8403 if (screen_attr && *T_MS == NUL) | |
| 8404 noinvcurs = HIGHL_COST; | |
| 8405 else | |
| 8406 noinvcurs = 0; | |
| 8407 goto_cost = GOTO_COST + noinvcurs; | |
| 8408 | |
| 8409 /* | |
| 8410 * Plan how to do the positioning: | |
| 8411 * 1. Use CR to move it to column 0, same row. | |
| 8412 * 2. Use T_LE to move it a few columns to the left. | |
| 8413 * 3. Use NL to move a few lines down, column 0. | |
| 8414 * 4. Move a few columns to the right with T_ND or by writing chars. | |
| 8415 * | |
| 8416 * Don't do this if the cursor went beyond the last column, the cursor | |
| 8417 * position is unknown then (some terminals wrap, some don't ) | |
| 8418 * | |
| 1213 | 8419 * First check if the highlighting attributes allow us to write |
| 7 | 8420 * characters to move the cursor to the right. |
| 8421 */ | |
| 8422 if (row >= screen_cur_row && screen_cur_col < Columns) | |
| 8423 { | |
| 8424 /* | |
| 8425 * If the cursor is in the same row, bigger col, we can use CR | |
| 8426 * or T_LE. | |
| 8427 */ | |
| 8428 bs = NULL; /* init for GCC */ | |
| 8429 attr = screen_attr; | |
| 8430 if (row == screen_cur_row && col < screen_cur_col) | |
| 8431 { | |
| 8432 /* "le" is preferred over "bc", because "bc" is obsolete */ | |
| 8433 if (*T_LE) | |
| 8434 bs = T_LE; /* "cursor left" */ | |
| 8435 else | |
| 8436 bs = T_BC; /* "backspace character (old) */ | |
| 8437 if (*bs) | |
| 8438 cost = (screen_cur_col - col) * (int)STRLEN(bs); | |
| 8439 else | |
| 8440 cost = 999; | |
| 8441 if (col + 1 < cost) /* using CR is less characters */ | |
| 8442 { | |
| 8443 plan = PLAN_CR; | |
| 8444 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8445 cost = 1; /* CR is just one character */ | |
| 8446 } | |
| 8447 else | |
| 8448 { | |
| 8449 plan = PLAN_LE; | |
| 8450 wouldbe_col = col; | |
| 8451 } | |
| 8452 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8453 { | |
| 8454 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8455 attr = 0; | |
| 8456 } | |
| 8457 } | |
| 8458 | |
| 8459 /* | |
| 8460 * If the cursor is above where we want to be, we can use CR LF. | |
| 8461 */ | |
| 8462 else if (row > screen_cur_row) | |
| 8463 { | |
| 8464 plan = PLAN_NL; | |
| 8465 wouldbe_col = 0; | |
| 8466 cost = (row - screen_cur_row) * 2; /* CR LF */ | |
| 8467 if (noinvcurs) /* will stop highlighting */ | |
| 8468 { | |
| 8469 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8470 attr = 0; | |
| 8471 } | |
| 8472 } | |
| 8473 | |
| 8474 /* | |
| 8475 * If the cursor is in the same row, smaller col, just use write. | |
| 8476 */ | |
| 8477 else | |
| 8478 { | |
| 8479 plan = PLAN_WRITE; | |
| 8480 wouldbe_col = screen_cur_col; | |
| 8481 cost = 0; | |
| 8482 } | |
| 8483 | |
| 8484 /* | |
| 8485 * Check if any characters that need to be written have the | |
| 8486 * correct attributes. Also avoid UTF-8 characters. | |
| 8487 */ | |
| 8488 i = col - wouldbe_col; | |
| 8489 if (i > 0) | |
| 8490 cost += i; | |
| 8491 if (cost < goto_cost && i > 0) | |
| 8492 { | |
| 8493 /* | |
| 8494 * Check if the attributes are correct without additionally | |
| 8495 * stopping highlighting. | |
| 8496 */ | |
| 8497 p = ScreenAttrs + LineOffset[row] + wouldbe_col; | |
| 8498 while (i && *p++ == attr) | |
| 8499 --i; | |
| 8500 if (i != 0) | |
| 8501 { | |
| 8502 /* | |
| 8503 * Try if it works when highlighting is stopped here. | |
| 8504 */ | |
| 8505 if (*--p == 0) | |
| 8506 { | |
| 8507 cost += noinvcurs; | |
| 8508 while (i && *p++ == 0) | |
| 8509 --i; | |
| 8510 } | |
| 8511 if (i != 0) | |
| 8512 cost = 999; /* different attributes, don't do it */ | |
| 8513 } | |
| 8514 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8515 if (enc_utf8) | |
| 8516 { | |
| 8517 /* Don't use an UTF-8 char for positioning, it's slow. */ | |
| 8518 for (i = wouldbe_col; i < col; ++i) | |
| 8519 if (ScreenLinesUC[LineOffset[row] + i] != 0) | |
| 8520 { | |
| 8521 cost = 999; | |
| 8522 break; | |
| 8523 } | |
| 8524 } | |
| 8525 #endif | |
| 8526 } | |
| 8527 | |
| 8528 /* | |
| 8529 * We can do it without term_windgoto()! | |
| 8530 */ | |
| 8531 if (cost < goto_cost) | |
| 8532 { | |
| 8533 if (plan == PLAN_LE) | |
| 8534 { | |
| 8535 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8536 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8537 while (screen_cur_col > col) | |
| 8538 { | |
| 8539 out_str(bs); | |
| 8540 --screen_cur_col; | |
| 8541 } | |
| 8542 } | |
| 8543 else if (plan == PLAN_CR) | |
| 8544 { | |
| 8545 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8546 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8547 out_char('\r'); | |
| 8548 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8549 } | |
| 8550 else if (plan == PLAN_NL) | |
| 8551 { | |
| 8552 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8553 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8554 while (screen_cur_row < row) | |
| 8555 { | |
| 8556 out_char('\n'); | |
| 8557 ++screen_cur_row; | |
| 8558 } | |
| 8559 screen_cur_col = 0; | |
| 8560 } | |
| 8561 | |
| 8562 i = col - screen_cur_col; | |
| 8563 if (i > 0) | |
| 8564 { | |
| 8565 /* | |
| 8566 * Use cursor-right if it's one character only. Avoids | |
| 8567 * removing a line of pixels from the last bold char, when | |
| 8568 * using the bold trick in the GUI. | |
| 8569 */ | |
| 8570 if (T_ND[0] != NUL && T_ND[1] == NUL) | |
| 8571 { | |
| 8572 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8573 out_char(*T_ND); | |
| 8574 } | |
| 8575 else | |
| 8576 { | |
| 8577 int off; | |
| 8578 | |
| 8579 off = LineOffset[row] + screen_cur_col; | |
| 8580 while (i-- > 0) | |
| 8581 { | |
| 8582 if (ScreenAttrs[off] != screen_attr) | |
| 8583 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8584 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8585 out_flush_check(); | |
| 8586 #endif | |
| 8587 out_char(ScreenLines[off]); | |
| 8588 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 8589 if (enc_dbcs == DBCS_JPNU | |
| 8590 && ScreenLines[off] == 0x8e) | |
| 8591 out_char(ScreenLines2[off]); | |
| 8592 #endif | |
| 8593 ++off; | |
| 8594 } | |
| 8595 } | |
| 8596 } | |
| 8597 } | |
| 8598 } | |
| 8599 else | |
| 8600 cost = 999; | |
| 8601 | |
| 8602 if (cost >= goto_cost) | |
| 8603 { | |
| 8604 if (noinvcurs) | |
| 8605 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 8606 if (row == screen_cur_row && (col > screen_cur_col) && | |
| 8607 *T_CRI != NUL) | |
| 8608 term_cursor_right(col - screen_cur_col); | |
| 8609 else | |
| 8610 term_windgoto(row, col); | |
| 8611 } | |
| 8612 screen_cur_row = row; | |
| 8613 screen_cur_col = col; | |
| 8614 } | |
| 8615 } | |
| 8616 | |
| 8617 /* | |
| 8618 * Set cursor to its position in the current window. | |
| 8619 */ | |
| 8620 void | |
| 8621 setcursor() | |
| 8622 { | |
| 8623 if (redrawing()) | |
| 8624 { | |
| 8625 validate_cursor(); | |
| 8626 windgoto(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow, | |
| 8627 W_WINCOL(curwin) + ( | |
| 8628 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 1545 | 8629 /* With 'rightleft' set and the cursor on a double-wide |
| 8630 * character, position it on the leftmost column. */ | |
| 7 | 8631 curwin->w_p_rl ? ((int)W_WIDTH(curwin) - curwin->w_wcol - ( |
| 8632 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 1545 | 8633 (has_mbyte |
| 8634 && (*mb_ptr2cells)(ml_get_cursor()) == 2 | |
| 8635 && vim_isprintc(gchar_cursor())) ? 2 : | |
| 7 | 8636 # endif |
| 8637 1)) : | |
| 8638 #endif | |
| 8639 curwin->w_wcol)); | |
| 8640 } | |
| 8641 } | |
| 8642 | |
| 8643 | |
| 8644 /* | |
| 8645 * insert 'line_count' lines at 'row' in window 'wp' | |
| 8646 * if 'invalid' is TRUE the wp->w_lines[].wl_lnum is invalidated. | |
| 8647 * if 'mayclear' is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8648 * scrolling. | |
| 8649 * Returns FAIL if the lines are not inserted, OK for success. | |
| 8650 */ | |
| 8651 int | |
| 8652 win_ins_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8653 win_T *wp; | |
| 8654 int row; | |
| 8655 int line_count; | |
| 8656 int invalid; | |
| 8657 int mayclear; | |
| 8658 { | |
| 8659 int did_delete; | |
| 8660 int nextrow; | |
| 8661 int lastrow; | |
| 8662 int retval; | |
| 8663 | |
| 8664 if (invalid) | |
| 8665 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8666 | |
| 8667 if (wp->w_height < 5) | |
| 8668 return FAIL; | |
| 8669 | |
| 8670 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8671 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8672 | |
| 8673 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, FALSE); | |
| 8674 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8675 return retval; | |
| 8676 | |
| 8677 /* | |
| 8678 * If there is a next window or a status line, we first try to delete the | |
| 8679 * lines at the bottom to avoid messing what is after the window. | |
| 8680 * If this fails and there are following windows, don't do anything to avoid | |
| 8681 * messing up those windows, better just redraw. | |
| 8682 */ | |
| 8683 did_delete = FALSE; | |
| 8684 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8685 if (wp->w_next != NULL || wp->w_status_height) | |
| 8686 { | |
| 8687 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8688 line_count, (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == OK) | |
| 8689 did_delete = TRUE; | |
| 8690 else if (wp->w_next) | |
| 8691 return FAIL; | |
| 8692 } | |
| 8693 #endif | |
| 8694 /* | |
| 8695 * if no lines deleted, blank the lines that will end up below the window | |
| 8696 */ | |
| 8697 if (!did_delete) | |
| 8698 { | |
| 8699 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8700 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8701 #endif | |
| 8702 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8703 nextrow = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height + W_STATUS_HEIGHT(wp); | |
| 8704 lastrow = nextrow + line_count; | |
| 8705 if (lastrow > Rows) | |
| 8706 lastrow = Rows; | |
| 8707 screen_fill(nextrow - line_count, lastrow - line_count, | |
| 8708 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8709 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8710 } | |
| 8711 | |
| 8712 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) | |
| 8713 == FAIL) | |
| 8714 { | |
| 8715 /* deletion will have messed up other windows */ | |
| 8716 if (did_delete) | |
| 8717 { | |
| 8718 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8719 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8720 #endif | |
| 8721 win_rest_invalid(W_NEXT(wp)); | |
| 8722 } | |
| 8723 return FAIL; | |
| 8724 } | |
| 8725 | |
| 8726 return OK; | |
| 8727 } | |
| 8728 | |
| 8729 /* | |
| 8730 * delete "line_count" window lines at "row" in window "wp" | |
| 8731 * If "invalid" is TRUE curwin->w_lines[] is invalidated. | |
| 8732 * If "mayclear" is TRUE the screen will be cleared if it is faster than | |
| 8733 * scrolling | |
| 8734 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 8735 */ | |
| 8736 int | |
| 8737 win_del_lines(wp, row, line_count, invalid, mayclear) | |
| 8738 win_T *wp; | |
| 8739 int row; | |
| 8740 int line_count; | |
| 8741 int invalid; | |
| 8742 int mayclear; | |
| 8743 { | |
| 8744 int retval; | |
| 8745 | |
| 8746 if (invalid) | |
| 8747 wp->w_lines_valid = 0; | |
| 8748 | |
| 8749 if (line_count > wp->w_height - row) | |
| 8750 line_count = wp->w_height - row; | |
| 8751 | |
| 8752 retval = win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, TRUE); | |
| 8753 if (retval != MAYBE) | |
| 8754 return retval; | |
| 8755 | |
| 8756 if (screen_del_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + row, line_count, | |
| 8757 (int)Rows, FALSE, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8758 return FAIL; | |
| 8759 | |
| 8760 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8761 /* | |
| 8762 * If there are windows or status lines below, try to put them at the | |
| 8763 * correct place. If we can't do that, they have to be redrawn. | |
| 8764 */ | |
| 8765 if (wp->w_next || wp->w_status_height || cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 8766 { | |
| 8767 if (screen_ins_lines(0, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height - line_count, | |
| 8768 line_count, (int)Rows, NULL) == FAIL) | |
| 8769 { | |
| 8770 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8771 win_rest_invalid(wp->w_next); | |
| 8772 } | |
| 8773 } | |
| 8774 /* | |
| 8775 * If this is the last window and there is no status line, redraw the | |
| 8776 * command line later. | |
| 8777 */ | |
| 8778 else | |
| 8779 #endif | |
| 8780 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8781 return OK; | |
| 8782 } | |
| 8783 | |
| 8784 /* | |
| 8785 * Common code for win_ins_lines() and win_del_lines(). | |
| 8786 * Returns OK or FAIL when the work has been done. | |
| 8787 * Returns MAYBE when not finished yet. | |
| 8788 */ | |
| 8789 static int | |
| 8790 win_do_lines(wp, row, line_count, mayclear, del) | |
| 8791 win_T *wp; | |
| 8792 int row; | |
| 8793 int line_count; | |
| 8794 int mayclear; | |
| 8795 int del; | |
| 8796 { | |
| 8797 int retval; | |
| 8798 | |
| 8799 if (!redrawing() || line_count <= 0) | |
| 8800 return FAIL; | |
| 8801 | |
| 8802 /* only a few lines left: redraw is faster */ | |
| 8803 if (mayclear && Rows - line_count < 5 | |
| 8804 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8805 && wp->w_width == Columns | |
| 8806 #endif | |
| 8807 ) | |
| 8808 { | |
| 8809 screenclear(); /* will set wp->w_lines_valid to 0 */ | |
| 8810 return FAIL; | |
| 8811 } | |
| 8812 | |
| 8813 /* | |
| 8814 * Delete all remaining lines | |
| 8815 */ | |
| 8816 if (row + line_count >= wp->w_height) | |
| 8817 { | |
| 8818 screen_fill(W_WINROW(wp) + row, W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height, | |
| 8819 W_WINCOL(wp), (int)W_ENDCOL(wp), | |
| 8820 ' ', ' ', 0); | |
| 8821 return OK; | |
| 8822 } | |
| 8823 | |
| 8824 /* | |
| 8825 * when scrolling, the message on the command line should be cleared, | |
| 8826 * otherwise it will stay there forever. | |
| 8827 */ | |
| 8828 clear_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8829 | |
| 8830 /* | |
| 8831 * If the terminal can set a scroll region, use that. | |
| 8832 * Always do this in a vertically split window. This will redraw from | |
| 8833 * ScreenLines[] when t_CV isn't defined. That's faster than using | |
| 8834 * win_line(). | |
| 8835 * Don't use a scroll region when we are going to redraw the text, writing | |
| 8836 * a character in the lower right corner of the scroll region causes a | |
| 8837 * scroll-up in the DJGPP version. | |
| 8838 */ | |
| 8839 if (scroll_region | |
| 8840 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8841 || W_WIDTH(wp) != Columns | |
| 8842 #endif | |
| 8843 ) | |
| 8844 { | |
| 8845 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8846 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8847 #endif | |
| 8848 scroll_region_set(wp, row); | |
| 8849 if (del) | |
| 8850 retval = screen_del_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8851 wp->w_height - row, FALSE, wp); | |
| 8852 else | |
| 8853 retval = screen_ins_lines(W_WINROW(wp) + row, 0, line_count, | |
| 8854 wp->w_height - row, wp); | |
| 8855 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8856 if (scroll_region && (wp->w_width == Columns || *T_CSV != NUL)) | |
| 8857 #endif | |
| 8858 scroll_region_reset(); | |
| 8859 return retval; | |
| 8860 } | |
| 8861 | |
| 8862 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8863 if (wp->w_next != NULL && p_tf) /* don't delete/insert on fast terminal */ | |
| 8864 return FAIL; | |
| 8865 #endif | |
| 8866 | |
| 8867 return MAYBE; | |
| 8868 } | |
| 8869 | |
| 8870 /* | |
| 8871 * window 'wp' and everything after it is messed up, mark it for redraw | |
| 8872 */ | |
| 8873 static void | |
| 8874 win_rest_invalid(wp) | |
| 8875 win_T *wp; | |
| 8876 { | |
| 8877 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8878 while (wp != NULL) | |
| 8879 #else | |
| 8880 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 8881 #endif | |
| 8882 { | |
| 8883 redraw_win_later(wp, NOT_VALID); | |
| 8884 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 8885 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 8886 wp = wp->w_next; | |
| 8887 #endif | |
| 8888 } | |
| 8889 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; | |
| 8890 } | |
| 8891 | |
| 8892 /* | |
| 8893 * The rest of the routines in this file perform screen manipulations. The | |
| 8894 * given operation is performed physically on the screen. The corresponding | |
| 8895 * change is also made to the internal screen image. In this way, the editor | |
| 8896 * anticipates the effect of editing changes on the appearance of the screen. | |
| 8897 * That way, when we call screenupdate a complete redraw isn't usually | |
| 8898 * necessary. Another advantage is that we can keep adding code to anticipate | |
| 8899 * screen changes, and in the meantime, everything still works. | |
| 8900 */ | |
| 8901 | |
| 8902 /* | |
| 8903 * types for inserting or deleting lines | |
| 8904 */ | |
| 8905 #define USE_T_CAL 1 | |
| 8906 #define USE_T_CDL 2 | |
| 8907 #define USE_T_AL 3 | |
| 8908 #define USE_T_CE 4 | |
| 8909 #define USE_T_DL 5 | |
| 8910 #define USE_T_SR 6 | |
| 8911 #define USE_NL 7 | |
| 8912 #define USE_T_CD 8 | |
| 8913 #define USE_REDRAW 9 | |
| 8914 | |
| 8915 /* | |
| 8916 * insert lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 8917 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 8918 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 8919 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 8920 * | |
| 8921 * return FAIL for failure, OK for success. | |
| 8922 */ | |
| 446 | 8923 int |
| 7 | 8924 screen_ins_lines(off, row, line_count, end, wp) |
| 8925 int off; | |
| 8926 int row; | |
| 8927 int line_count; | |
| 8928 int end; | |
| 8929 win_T *wp; /* NULL or window to use width from */ | |
| 8930 { | |
| 8931 int i; | |
| 8932 int j; | |
| 8933 unsigned temp; | |
| 8934 int cursor_row; | |
| 8935 int type; | |
| 8936 int result_empty; | |
| 8937 int can_ce = can_clear(T_CE); | |
| 8938 | |
| 8939 /* | |
| 8940 * FAIL if | |
| 8941 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 8942 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 8943 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 8944 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 8945 */ | |
| 8946 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || line_count > p_ttyscroll) | |
| 8947 return FAIL; | |
| 8948 | |
| 8949 /* | |
| 8950 * There are seven ways to insert lines: | |
| 8951 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 8952 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8953 * 1. Use T_CD (clear to end of display) if it exists and the result of | |
| 8954 * the insert is just empty lines | |
| 8955 * 2. Use T_CAL (insert multiple lines) if it exists and T_AL is not | |
| 8956 * present or line_count > 1. It looks better if we do all the inserts | |
| 8957 * at once. | |
| 8958 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and the result of the | |
| 8959 * insert is just empty lines and T_CE is not present or line_count > | |
| 8960 * 1. | |
| 8961 * 4. Use T_AL (insert line) if it exists. | |
| 8962 * 5. Use T_CE (erase line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8963 * just empty lines. | |
| 8964 * 6. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists and the result of the insert is | |
| 8965 * just empty lines. | |
| 8966 * 7. Use T_SR (scroll reverse) if it exists and inserting at row 0 and | |
| 8967 * the 'da' flag is not set or we have clear line capability. | |
| 8968 * 8. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 8969 * | |
| 8970 * Careful: In a hpterm scroll reverse doesn't work as expected, it moves | |
| 8971 * the scrollbar for the window. It does have insert line, use that if it | |
| 8972 * exists. | |
| 8973 */ | |
| 8974 result_empty = (row + line_count >= end); | |
| 8975 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 8976 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 8977 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 8978 else | |
| 8979 #endif | |
| 8980 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 8981 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 8982 else if (*T_CAL != NUL && (line_count > 1 || *T_AL == NUL)) | |
| 8983 type = USE_T_CAL; | |
| 8984 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && result_empty && (line_count > 1 || !can_ce)) | |
| 8985 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 8986 else if (*T_AL != NUL) | |
| 8987 type = USE_T_AL; | |
| 8988 else if (can_ce && result_empty) | |
| 8989 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 8990 else if (*T_DL != NUL && result_empty) | |
| 8991 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 8992 else if (*T_SR != NUL && row == 0 && (*T_DA == NUL || can_ce)) | |
| 8993 type = USE_T_SR; | |
| 8994 else | |
| 8995 return FAIL; | |
| 8996 | |
| 8997 /* | |
| 8998 * For clearing the lines screen_del_lines() is used. This will also take | |
| 8999 * care of t_db if necessary. | |
| 9000 */ | |
| 9001 if (type == USE_T_CD || type == USE_T_CDL || | |
| 9002 type == USE_T_CE || type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9003 return screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9004 | |
| 9005 /* | |
| 9006 * If text is retained below the screen, first clear or delete as many | |
| 9007 * lines at the bottom of the window as are about to be inserted so that | |
| 9008 * the deleted lines won't later surface during a screen_del_lines. | |
| 9009 */ | |
| 9010 if (*T_DB) | |
| 9011 screen_del_lines(off, end - line_count, line_count, end, FALSE, wp); | |
| 9012 | |
| 9013 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9014 /* Remove a modeless selection when inserting lines halfway the screen | |
| 9015 * or not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9016 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9017 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9018 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9019 # endif | |
| 9020 ) | |
| 9021 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9022 else | |
| 9023 clip_scroll_selection(-line_count); | |
| 9024 #endif | |
| 9025 | |
| 9026 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9027 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9028 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9029 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9030 #endif | |
| 9031 | |
| 9032 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9033 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9034 else | |
| 9035 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9036 | |
| 9037 /* | |
| 9038 * Shift LineOffset[] line_count down to reflect the inserted lines. | |
| 9039 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9040 */ | |
| 9041 row += off; | |
| 9042 end += off; | |
| 9043 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9044 { | |
| 9045 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9046 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9047 { | |
| 9048 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9049 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9050 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9051 linecopy(j + line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9052 j += line_count; | |
| 9053 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9054 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9055 else | |
| 9056 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9057 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9058 } | |
| 9059 else | |
| 9060 #endif | |
| 9061 { | |
| 9062 j = end - 1 - i; | |
| 9063 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9064 while ((j -= line_count) >= row) | |
| 9065 { | |
| 9066 LineOffset[j + line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9067 LineWraps[j + line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9068 } | |
| 9069 LineOffset[j + line_count] = temp; | |
| 9070 LineWraps[j + line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9071 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9072 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9073 else | |
| 9074 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9075 } | |
| 9076 } | |
| 9077 | |
| 9078 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9079 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9080 | |
| 9081 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9082 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9083 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9084 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9085 else | |
| 9086 #endif | |
| 9087 if (type == USE_T_CAL) | |
| 9088 { | |
| 9089 term_append_lines(line_count); | |
| 9090 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9091 } | |
| 9092 else | |
| 9093 { | |
| 9094 for (i = 0; i < line_count; i++) | |
| 9095 { | |
| 9096 if (type == USE_T_AL) | |
| 9097 { | |
| 9098 if (i && cursor_row != 0) | |
| 9099 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9100 out_str(T_AL); | |
| 9101 } | |
| 9102 else /* type == USE_T_SR */ | |
| 9103 out_str(T_SR); | |
| 9104 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9105 } | |
| 9106 } | |
| 9107 | |
| 9108 /* | |
| 9109 * With scroll-reverse and 'da' flag set we need to clear the lines that | |
| 9110 * have been scrolled down into the region. | |
| 9111 */ | |
| 9112 if (type == USE_T_SR && *T_DA) | |
| 9113 { | |
| 9114 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9115 { | |
| 9116 windgoto(off + i, 0); | |
| 9117 out_str(T_CE); | |
| 9118 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9119 } | |
| 9120 } | |
| 9121 | |
| 9122 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9123 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9124 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9125 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9126 #endif | |
| 9127 return OK; | |
| 9128 } | |
| 9129 | |
| 9130 /* | |
| 9131 * delete lines on the screen and update ScreenLines[] | |
| 9132 * 'end' is the line after the scrolled part. Normally it is Rows. | |
| 9133 * When scrolling region used 'off' is the offset from the top for the region. | |
| 9134 * 'row' and 'end' are relative to the start of the region. | |
| 9135 * | |
| 9136 * Return OK for success, FAIL if the lines are not deleted. | |
| 9137 */ | |
| 9138 int | |
| 9139 screen_del_lines(off, row, line_count, end, force, wp) | |
| 9140 int off; | |
| 9141 int row; | |
| 9142 int line_count; | |
| 9143 int end; | |
| 9144 int force; /* even when line_count > p_ttyscroll */ | |
| 1883 | 9145 win_T *wp UNUSED; /* NULL or window to use width from */ |
| 7 | 9146 { |
| 9147 int j; | |
| 9148 int i; | |
| 9149 unsigned temp; | |
| 9150 int cursor_row; | |
| 9151 int cursor_end; | |
| 9152 int result_empty; /* result is empty until end of region */ | |
| 9153 int can_delete; /* deleting line codes can be used */ | |
| 9154 int type; | |
| 9155 | |
| 9156 /* | |
| 9157 * FAIL if | |
| 9158 * - there is no valid screen | |
| 9159 * - the screen has to be redrawn completely | |
| 9160 * - the line count is less than one | |
| 9161 * - the line count is more than 'ttyscroll' | |
| 9162 */ | |
| 9163 if (!screen_valid(TRUE) || line_count <= 0 || | |
| 9164 (!force && line_count > p_ttyscroll)) | |
| 9165 return FAIL; | |
| 9166 | |
| 9167 /* | |
| 9168 * Check if the rest of the current region will become empty. | |
| 9169 */ | |
| 9170 result_empty = row + line_count >= end; | |
| 9171 | |
| 9172 /* | |
| 9173 * We can delete lines only when 'db' flag not set or when 'ce' option | |
| 9174 * available. | |
| 9175 */ | |
| 9176 can_delete = (*T_DB == NUL || can_clear(T_CE)); | |
| 9177 | |
| 9178 /* | |
| 9179 * There are six ways to delete lines: | |
| 9180 * 0. When in a vertically split window and t_CV isn't set, redraw the | |
| 9181 * characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9182 * 1. Use T_CD if it exists and the result is empty. | |
| 9183 * 2. Use newlines if row == 0 and count == 1 or T_CDL does not exist. | |
| 9184 * 3. Use T_CDL (delete multiple lines) if it exists and line_count > 1 or | |
| 9185 * none of the other ways work. | |
| 9186 * 4. Use T_CE (erase line) if the result is empty. | |
| 9187 * 5. Use T_DL (delete line) if it exists. | |
| 9188 * 6. redraw the characters from ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9189 */ | |
| 9190 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9191 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns && *T_CSV == NUL) | |
| 9192 type = USE_REDRAW; | |
| 9193 else | |
| 9194 #endif | |
| 9195 if (can_clear(T_CD) && result_empty) | |
| 9196 type = USE_T_CD; | |
| 9197 #if defined(__BEOS__) && defined(BEOS_DR8) | |
| 9198 /* | |
| 9199 * USE_NL does not seem to work in Terminal of DR8 so we set T_DB="" in | |
| 9200 * its internal termcap... this works okay for tests which test *T_DB != | |
| 9201 * NUL. It has the disadvantage that the user cannot use any :set t_* | |
| 9202 * command to get T_DB (back) to empty_option, only :set term=... will do | |
| 9203 * the trick... | |
| 9204 * Anyway, this hack will hopefully go away with the next OS release. | |
| 9205 * (Olaf Seibert) | |
| 9206 */ | |
| 9207 else if (row == 0 && T_DB == empty_option | |
| 9208 && (line_count == 1 || *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9209 #else | |
| 9210 else if (row == 0 && ( | |
| 9211 #ifndef AMIGA | |
| 9212 /* On the Amiga, somehow '\n' on the last line doesn't always scroll | |
| 9213 * up, so use delete-line command */ | |
| 9214 line_count == 1 || | |
| 9215 #endif | |
| 9216 *T_CDL == NUL)) | |
| 9217 #endif | |
| 9218 type = USE_NL; | |
| 9219 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && line_count > 1 && can_delete) | |
| 9220 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9221 else if (can_clear(T_CE) && result_empty | |
| 9222 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9223 && (wp == NULL || wp->w_width == Columns) | |
| 9224 #endif | |
| 9225 ) | |
| 9226 type = USE_T_CE; | |
| 9227 else if (*T_DL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9228 type = USE_T_DL; | |
| 9229 else if (*T_CDL != NUL && can_delete) | |
| 9230 type = USE_T_CDL; | |
| 9231 else | |
| 9232 return FAIL; | |
| 9233 | |
| 9234 #ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD | |
| 9235 /* Remove a modeless selection when deleting lines halfway the screen or | |
| 9236 * not the full width of the screen. */ | |
| 9237 if (off + row > 0 | |
| 9238 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9239 || (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9240 # endif | |
| 9241 ) | |
| 9242 clip_clear_selection(); | |
| 9243 else | |
| 9244 clip_scroll_selection(line_count); | |
| 9245 #endif | |
| 9246 | |
| 9247 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9248 /* Don't update the GUI cursor here, ScreenLines[] is invalid until the | |
| 9249 * scrolling is actually carried out. */ | |
| 9250 gui_dont_update_cursor(); | |
| 9251 #endif | |
| 9252 | |
| 9253 if (*T_CCS != NUL) /* cursor relative to region */ | |
| 9254 { | |
| 9255 cursor_row = row; | |
| 9256 cursor_end = end; | |
| 9257 } | |
| 9258 else | |
| 9259 { | |
| 9260 cursor_row = row + off; | |
| 9261 cursor_end = end + off; | |
| 9262 } | |
| 9263 | |
| 9264 /* | |
| 9265 * Now shift LineOffset[] line_count up to reflect the deleted lines. | |
| 9266 * Clear the inserted lines in ScreenLines[]. | |
| 9267 */ | |
| 9268 row += off; | |
| 9269 end += off; | |
| 9270 for (i = 0; i < line_count; ++i) | |
| 9271 { | |
| 9272 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9273 if (wp != NULL && wp->w_width != Columns) | |
| 9274 { | |
| 9275 /* need to copy part of a line */ | |
| 9276 j = row + i; | |
| 9277 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9278 linecopy(j - line_count, j, wp); | |
| 9279 j -= line_count; | |
| 9280 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9281 lineclear(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9282 else | |
| 9283 lineinvalid(LineOffset[j] + wp->w_wincol, wp->w_width); | |
| 9284 LineWraps[j] = FALSE; | |
| 9285 } | |
| 9286 else | |
| 9287 #endif | |
| 9288 { | |
| 9289 /* whole width, moving the line pointers is faster */ | |
| 9290 j = row + i; | |
| 9291 temp = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9292 while ((j += line_count) <= end - 1) | |
| 9293 { | |
| 9294 LineOffset[j - line_count] = LineOffset[j]; | |
| 9295 LineWraps[j - line_count] = LineWraps[j]; | |
| 9296 } | |
| 9297 LineOffset[j - line_count] = temp; | |
| 9298 LineWraps[j - line_count] = FALSE; | |
| 9299 if (can_clear((char_u *)" ")) | |
| 9300 lineclear(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9301 else | |
| 9302 lineinvalid(temp, (int)Columns); | |
| 9303 } | |
| 9304 } | |
| 9305 | |
| 9306 screen_stop_highlight(); | |
| 9307 | |
| 9308 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9309 /* redraw the characters */ | |
| 9310 if (type == USE_REDRAW) | |
| 9311 redraw_block(row, end, wp); | |
| 9312 else | |
| 9313 #endif | |
| 9314 if (type == USE_T_CD) /* delete the lines */ | |
| 9315 { | |
| 9316 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9317 out_str(T_CD); | |
| 9318 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9319 } | |
| 9320 else if (type == USE_T_CDL) | |
| 9321 { | |
| 9322 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9323 term_delete_lines(line_count); | |
| 9324 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9325 } | |
| 9326 /* | |
| 9327 * Deleting lines at top of the screen or scroll region: Just scroll | |
| 9328 * the whole screen (scroll region) up by outputting newlines on the | |
| 9329 * last line. | |
| 9330 */ | |
| 9331 else if (type == USE_NL) | |
| 9332 { | |
| 9333 windgoto(cursor_end - 1, 0); | |
| 9334 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9335 out_char('\n'); /* cursor will remain on same line */ | |
| 9336 } | |
| 9337 else | |
| 9338 { | |
| 9339 for (i = line_count; --i >= 0; ) | |
| 9340 { | |
| 9341 if (type == USE_T_DL) | |
| 9342 { | |
| 9343 windgoto(cursor_row, 0); | |
| 9344 out_str(T_DL); /* delete a line */ | |
| 9345 } | |
| 9346 else /* type == USE_T_CE */ | |
| 9347 { | |
| 9348 windgoto(cursor_row + i, 0); | |
| 9349 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9350 } | |
| 9351 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9352 } | |
| 9353 } | |
| 9354 | |
| 9355 /* | |
| 9356 * If the 'db' flag is set, we need to clear the lines that have been | |
| 9357 * scrolled up at the bottom of the region. | |
| 9358 */ | |
| 9359 if (*T_DB && (type == USE_T_DL || type == USE_T_CDL)) | |
| 9360 { | |
| 9361 for (i = line_count; i > 0; --i) | |
| 9362 { | |
| 9363 windgoto(cursor_end - i, 0); | |
| 9364 out_str(T_CE); /* erase a line */ | |
| 9365 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */ | |
| 9366 } | |
| 9367 } | |
| 9368 | |
| 9369 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9370 gui_can_update_cursor(); | |
| 9371 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9372 out_flush(); /* always flush after a scroll */ | |
| 9373 #endif | |
| 9374 | |
| 9375 return OK; | |
| 9376 } | |
| 9377 | |
| 9378 /* | |
| 9379 * show the current mode and ruler | |
| 9380 * | |
| 9381 * If clear_cmdline is TRUE, clear the rest of the cmdline. | |
| 9382 * If clear_cmdline is FALSE there may be a message there that needs to be | |
| 9383 * cleared only if a mode is shown. | |
| 9384 * Return the length of the message (0 if no message). | |
| 9385 */ | |
| 9386 int | |
| 9387 showmode() | |
| 9388 { | |
| 9389 int need_clear; | |
| 9390 int length = 0; | |
| 9391 int do_mode; | |
| 9392 int attr; | |
| 9393 int nwr_save; | |
| 9394 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9395 int sub_attr; | |
| 9396 #endif | |
| 9397 | |
| 642 | 9398 do_mode = ((p_smd && msg_silent == 0) |
| 9399 && ((State & INSERT) | |
| 9400 || restart_edit | |
| 7 | 9401 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL |
| 9402 || VIsual_active | |
| 9403 #endif | |
| 9404 )); | |
| 9405 if (do_mode || Recording) | |
| 9406 { | |
| 9407 /* | |
| 9408 * Don't show mode right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. | |
| 9409 * Call char_avail() only when we are going to show something, because | |
| 9410 * it takes a bit of time. | |
| 9411 */ | |
| 9412 if (!redrawing() || (char_avail() && !KeyTyped) || msg_silent != 0) | |
| 9413 { | |
| 9414 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* show mode later */ | |
| 9415 return 0; | |
| 9416 } | |
| 9417 | |
| 9418 nwr_save = need_wait_return; | |
| 9419 | |
| 9420 /* wait a bit before overwriting an important message */ | |
| 9421 check_for_delay(FALSE); | |
| 9422 | |
| 9423 /* if the cmdline is more than one line high, erase top lines */ | |
| 9424 need_clear = clear_cmdline; | |
| 9425 if (clear_cmdline && cmdline_row < Rows - 1) | |
| 9426 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* will reset clear_cmdline */ | |
| 9427 | |
| 9428 /* Position on the last line in the window, column 0 */ | |
| 9429 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9430 cursor_off(); | |
| 9431 attr = hl_attr(HLF_CM); /* Highlight mode */ | |
| 9432 if (do_mode) | |
| 9433 { | |
| 9434 MSG_PUTS_ATTR("--", attr); | |
| 9435 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) | |
| 2520 | 9436 if ( |
| 9437 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK | |
| 9438 preedit_get_status() | |
| 1668 | 9439 # else |
| 9440 im_get_status() | |
| 2520 | 9441 # endif |
| 1668 | 9442 ) |
|
2277
f42e0b5ff9e9
Change remaining HAVE_GTK2 to FEAT_GUI_GTK.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2269
diff
changeset
|
9443 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK /* most of the time, it's not XIM being used */ |
| 7 | 9444 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" IM", attr); |
| 9445 # else | |
| 9446 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" XIM", attr); | |
| 9447 # endif | |
| 9448 #endif | |
| 9449 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) && defined(FEAT_GUI) | |
| 9450 if (gui.in_use) | |
| 9451 { | |
| 9452 if (hangul_input_state_get()) | |
| 236 | 9453 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" \307\321\261\333", attr); /* HANGUL */ |
| 7 | 9454 } |
| 9455 #endif | |
| 9456 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9457 if (edit_submode != NULL) /* CTRL-X in Insert mode */ | |
| 9458 { | |
| 9459 /* These messages can get long, avoid a wrap in a narrow | |
| 9460 * window. Prefer showing edit_submode_extra. */ | |
| 9461 length = (Rows - msg_row) * Columns - 3; | |
| 9462 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9463 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_extra); | |
| 9464 if (length > 0) | |
| 9465 { | |
| 9466 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9467 length -= vim_strsize(edit_submode_pre); | |
| 9468 if (length - vim_strsize(edit_submode) > 0) | |
| 9469 { | |
| 9470 if (edit_submode_pre != NULL) | |
| 9471 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_pre, attr); | |
| 9472 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode, attr); | |
| 9473 } | |
| 9474 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) | |
| 9475 { | |
| 9476 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" ", attr); /* add a space in between */ | |
| 9477 if ((int)edit_submode_highl < (int)HLF_COUNT) | |
| 9478 sub_attr = hl_attr(edit_submode_highl); | |
| 9479 else | |
| 9480 sub_attr = attr; | |
| 9481 msg_puts_attr(edit_submode_extra, sub_attr); | |
| 9482 } | |
| 9483 } | |
| 9484 length = 0; | |
| 9485 } | |
| 9486 else | |
| 9487 #endif | |
| 9488 { | |
| 9489 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE | |
| 9490 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9491 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" VREPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9492 else | |
| 9493 #endif | |
| 9494 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) | |
| 9495 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REPLACE"), attr); | |
| 9496 else if (State & INSERT) | |
| 9497 { | |
| 9498 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9499 if (p_ri) | |
| 9500 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" REVERSE"), attr); | |
| 9501 #endif | |
| 9502 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" INSERT"), attr); | |
| 9503 } | |
| 9504 else if (restart_edit == 'I') | |
| 9505 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (insert)"), attr); | |
| 9506 else if (restart_edit == 'R') | |
| 9507 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (replace)"), attr); | |
| 9508 else if (restart_edit == 'V') | |
| 9509 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (vreplace)"), attr); | |
| 9510 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
| 9511 if (p_hkmap) | |
| 9512 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Hebrew"), attr); | |
| 9513 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP | |
| 9514 if (p_fkmap) | |
| 9515 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(farsi_text_5, attr); | |
| 9516 # endif | |
| 9517 #endif | |
| 9518 #ifdef FEAT_KEYMAP | |
| 9519 if (State & LANGMAP) | |
| 9520 { | |
| 9521 # ifdef FEAT_ARABIC | |
| 9522 if (curwin->w_p_arab) | |
| 9523 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" Arabic"), attr); | |
| 9524 else | |
| 9525 # endif | |
| 9526 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (lang)"), attr); | |
| 9527 } | |
| 9528 #endif | |
| 9529 if ((State & INSERT) && p_paste) | |
| 9530 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(" (paste)"), attr); | |
| 9531 | |
| 9532 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9533 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9534 { | |
| 9535 char *p; | |
| 9536 | |
| 9537 /* Don't concatenate separate words to avoid translation | |
| 9538 * problems. */ | |
| 9539 switch ((VIsual_select ? 4 : 0) | |
| 9540 + (VIsual_mode == Ctrl_V) * 2 | |
| 9541 + (VIsual_mode == 'V')) | |
| 9542 { | |
| 9543 case 0: p = N_(" VISUAL"); break; | |
| 9544 case 1: p = N_(" VISUAL LINE"); break; | |
| 9545 case 2: p = N_(" VISUAL BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9546 case 4: p = N_(" SELECT"); break; | |
| 9547 case 5: p = N_(" SELECT LINE"); break; | |
| 9548 default: p = N_(" SELECT BLOCK"); break; | |
| 9549 } | |
| 9550 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(p), attr); | |
| 9551 } | |
| 9552 #endif | |
| 9553 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(" --", attr); | |
| 9554 } | |
| 644 | 9555 |
| 7 | 9556 need_clear = TRUE; |
| 9557 } | |
| 9558 if (Recording | |
| 9559 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9560 && edit_submode == NULL /* otherwise it gets too long */ | |
| 9561 #endif | |
| 9562 ) | |
| 9563 { | |
| 9564 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), attr); | |
| 9565 need_clear = TRUE; | |
| 9566 } | |
| 644 | 9567 |
| 9568 mode_displayed = TRUE; | |
| 7 | 9569 if (need_clear || clear_cmdline) |
| 9570 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9571 msg_didout = FALSE; /* overwrite this message */ | |
| 9572 length = msg_col; | |
| 9573 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9574 need_wait_return = nwr_save; /* never ask for hit-return for this */ | |
| 9575 } | |
| 9576 else if (clear_cmdline && msg_silent == 0) | |
| 9577 /* Clear the whole command line. Will reset "clear_cmdline". */ | |
| 9578 msg_clr_cmdline(); | |
| 9579 | |
| 9580 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9581 # ifdef FEAT_VISUAL | |
| 9582 /* In Visual mode the size of the selected area must be redrawn. */ | |
| 9583 if (VIsual_active) | |
| 9584 clear_showcmd(); | |
| 9585 # endif | |
| 9586 | |
| 9587 /* If the last window has no status line, the ruler is after the mode | |
| 9588 * message and must be redrawn */ | |
| 9589 if (redrawing() | |
| 9590 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9591 && lastwin->w_status_height == 0 | |
| 9592 # endif | |
| 9593 ) | |
| 9594 win_redr_ruler(lastwin, TRUE); | |
| 9595 #endif | |
| 9596 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9597 clear_cmdline = FALSE; | |
| 9598 | |
| 9599 return length; | |
| 9600 } | |
| 9601 | |
| 9602 /* | |
| 9603 * Position for a mode message. | |
| 9604 */ | |
| 9605 static void | |
| 9606 msg_pos_mode() | |
| 9607 { | |
| 9608 msg_col = 0; | |
| 9609 msg_row = Rows - 1; | |
| 9610 } | |
| 9611 | |
| 9612 /* | |
| 9613 * Delete mode message. Used when ESC is typed which is expected to end | |
| 9614 * Insert mode (but Insert mode didn't end yet!). | |
| 644 | 9615 * Caller should check "mode_displayed". |
| 7 | 9616 */ |
| 9617 void | |
| 9618 unshowmode(force) | |
| 9619 int force; | |
| 9620 { | |
| 9621 /* | |
|
2055
4aa4510d548c
updated for version 7.2.341
Bram Moolenaar <bram@zimbu.org>
parents:
2008
diff
changeset
|
9622 * Don't delete it right now, when not redrawing or inside a mapping. |
| 7 | 9623 */ |
| 9624 if (!redrawing() || (!force && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)) | |
| 9625 redraw_cmdline = TRUE; /* delete mode later */ | |
| 9626 else | |
| 9627 { | |
| 9628 msg_pos_mode(); | |
| 9629 if (Recording) | |
| 9630 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_("recording"), hl_attr(HLF_CM)); | |
| 9631 msg_clr_eos(); | |
| 9632 } | |
| 9633 } | |
| 9634 | |
| 667 | 9635 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 9636 /* | |
| 9637 * Draw the tab pages line at the top of the Vim window. | |
| 9638 */ | |
| 9639 static void | |
| 677 | 9640 draw_tabline() |
| 667 | 9641 { |
| 9642 int tabcount = 0; | |
| 9643 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 9644 int tabwidth; | |
| 9645 int col = 0; | |
| 673 | 9646 int scol = 0; |
| 667 | 9647 int attr; |
| 9648 win_T *wp; | |
| 671 | 9649 win_T *cwp; |
| 9650 int wincount; | |
| 9651 int modified; | |
| 667 | 9652 int c; |
| 9653 int len; | |
| 9654 int attr_sel = hl_attr(HLF_TPS); | |
| 9655 int attr_nosel = hl_attr(HLF_TP); | |
| 9656 int attr_fill = hl_attr(HLF_TPF); | |
| 673 | 9657 char_u *p; |
| 677 | 9658 int room; |
| 9659 int use_sep_chars = (t_colors < 8 | |
| 9660 #ifdef FEAT_GUI | |
| 9661 && !gui.in_use | |
| 9662 #endif | |
| 9663 ); | |
| 673 | 9664 |
| 9665 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9666 |
| 685 | 9667 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 798 | 9668 /* Take care of a GUI tabline. */ |
| 685 | 9669 if (gui_use_tabline()) |
| 9670 { | |
| 9671 gui_update_tabline(); | |
| 9672 return; | |
| 9673 } | |
| 9674 #endif | |
| 9675 | |
| 9676 if (tabline_height() < 1) | |
| 667 | 9677 return; |
| 9678 | |
| 677 | 9679 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 681 | 9680 |
| 9681 /* Init TabPageIdxs[] to zero: Clicking outside of tabs has no effect. */ | |
| 9682 for (scol = 0; scol < Columns; ++scol) | |
| 9683 TabPageIdxs[scol] = 0; | |
| 9684 | |
| 677 | 9685 /* Use the 'tabline' option if it's set. */ |
| 9686 if (*p_tal != NUL) | |
| 9687 { | |
| 680 | 9688 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 9689 | |
| 9690 /* Check for an error. If there is one we would loop in redrawing the | |
| 9691 * screen. Avoid that by making 'tabline' empty. */ | |
| 9692 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 677 | 9693 win_redr_custom(NULL, FALSE); |
| 680 | 9694 if (called_emsg) |
| 9695 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"tabline", -1, | |
| 694 | 9696 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 9697 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 9698 } | |
| 9699 else | |
| 9700 #endif | |
| 9701 { | |
| 9702 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 9703 ++tabcount; | |
| 9704 | |
| 9705 tabwidth = (Columns - 1 + tabcount / 2) / tabcount; | |
| 9706 if (tabwidth < 6) | |
| 9707 tabwidth = 6; | |
| 9708 | |
| 9709 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9710 tabcount = 0; | |
| 681 | 9711 scol = 0; |
| 699 | 9712 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL && col < Columns - 4; |
| 9713 tp = tp->tp_next) | |
| 680 | 9714 { |
| 9715 scol = col; | |
| 9716 | |
| 9717 if (tp->tp_topframe == topframe) | |
| 9718 attr = attr_sel; | |
| 9719 if (use_sep_chars && col > 0) | |
| 9720 screen_putchar('|', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9721 | |
| 9722 if (tp->tp_topframe != topframe) | |
| 9723 attr = attr_nosel; | |
| 9724 | |
| 9725 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9726 | |
| 9727 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 9728 { | |
| 9729 cwp = curwin; | |
| 9730 wp = firstwin; | |
| 9731 } | |
| 9732 else | |
| 9733 { | |
| 9734 cwp = tp->tp_curwin; | |
| 9735 wp = tp->tp_firstwin; | |
| 9736 } | |
| 9737 | |
| 9738 modified = FALSE; | |
| 9739 for (wincount = 0; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next, ++wincount) | |
| 9740 if (bufIsChanged(wp->w_buffer)) | |
| 9741 modified = TRUE; | |
| 9742 if (modified || wincount > 1) | |
| 9743 { | |
| 9744 if (wincount > 1) | |
| 9745 { | |
| 9746 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%d", wincount); | |
| 835 | 9747 len = (int)STRLEN(NameBuff); |
| 699 | 9748 if (col + len >= Columns - 3) |
| 9749 break; | |
| 680 | 9750 screen_puts_len(NameBuff, len, 0, col, |
| 677 | 9751 #if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) |
| 680 | 9752 hl_combine_attr(attr, hl_attr(HLF_T)) |
| 677 | 9753 #else |
| 680 | 9754 attr |
| 9755 #endif | |
| 9756 ); | |
| 9757 col += len; | |
| 9758 } | |
| 9759 if (modified) | |
| 9760 screen_puts_len((char_u *)"+", 1, 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9761 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9762 } | |
| 9763 | |
| 9764 room = scol - col + tabwidth - 1; | |
| 9765 if (room > 0) | |
| 9766 { | |
| 685 | 9767 /* Get buffer name in NameBuff[] */ |
| 9768 get_trans_bufname(cwp->w_buffer); | |
| 819 | 9769 shorten_dir(NameBuff); |
| 680 | 9770 len = vim_strsize(NameBuff); |
| 9771 p = NameBuff; | |
| 677 | 9772 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE |
| 680 | 9773 if (has_mbyte) |
| 9774 while (len > room) | |
| 9775 { | |
| 9776 len -= ptr2cells(p); | |
| 9777 mb_ptr_adv(p); | |
| 9778 } | |
| 9779 else | |
| 9780 #endif | |
| 9781 if (len > room) | |
| 677 | 9782 { |
| 680 | 9783 p += len - room; |
| 9784 len = room; | |
| 677 | 9785 } |
| 699 | 9786 if (len > Columns - col - 1) |
| 9787 len = Columns - col - 1; | |
| 680 | 9788 |
| 835 | 9789 screen_puts_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p), 0, col, attr); |
| 680 | 9790 col += len; |
| 9791 } | |
| 9792 screen_putchar(' ', 0, col++, attr); | |
| 9793 | |
| 9794 /* Store the tab page number in TabPageIdxs[], so that | |
| 9795 * jump_to_mouse() knows where each one is. */ | |
| 9796 ++tabcount; | |
| 9797 while (scol < col) | |
| 9798 TabPageIdxs[scol++] = tabcount; | |
| 9799 } | |
| 9800 | |
| 9801 if (use_sep_chars) | |
| 9802 c = '_'; | |
| 9803 else | |
| 9804 c = ' '; | |
| 9805 screen_fill(0, 1, col, (int)Columns, c, c, attr_fill); | |
| 681 | 9806 |
| 9807 /* Put an "X" for closing the current tab if there are several. */ | |
| 9808 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) | |
| 9809 { | |
| 9810 screen_putchar('X', 0, (int)Columns - 1, attr_nosel); | |
| 9811 TabPageIdxs[Columns - 1] = -999; | |
| 9812 } | |
| 9813 } | |
| 834 | 9814 |
| 9815 /* Reset the flag here again, in case evaluating 'tabline' causes it to be | |
| 9816 * set. */ | |
| 9817 redraw_tabline = FALSE; | |
| 667 | 9818 } |
| 685 | 9819 |
| 9820 /* | |
| 9821 * Get buffer name for "buf" into NameBuff[]. | |
| 9822 * Takes care of special buffer names and translates special characters. | |
| 9823 */ | |
| 9824 void | |
| 9825 get_trans_bufname(buf) | |
| 9826 buf_T *buf; | |
| 9827 { | |
| 9828 if (buf_spname(buf) != NULL) | |
| 9829 STRCPY(NameBuff, buf_spname(buf)); | |
| 9830 else | |
| 9831 home_replace(buf, buf->b_fname, NameBuff, MAXPATHL, TRUE); | |
| 9832 trans_characters(NameBuff, MAXPATHL); | |
| 9833 } | |
| 667 | 9834 #endif |
| 9835 | |
| 7 | 9836 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(FEAT_WILDMENU) || defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) |
| 9837 /* | |
| 9838 * Get the character to use in a status line. Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9839 */ | |
| 9840 static int | |
| 9841 fillchar_status(attr, is_curwin) | |
| 9842 int *attr; | |
| 9843 int is_curwin; | |
| 9844 { | |
| 9845 int fill; | |
| 9846 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9847 { | |
| 9848 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_S); | |
| 9849 fill = fill_stl; | |
| 9850 } | |
| 9851 else | |
| 9852 { | |
| 9853 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_SNC); | |
| 9854 fill = fill_stlnc; | |
| 9855 } | |
| 9856 /* Use fill when there is highlighting, and highlighting of current | |
| 9857 * window differs, or the fillchars differ, or this is not the | |
| 9858 * current window */ | |
| 9859 if (*attr != 0 && ((hl_attr(HLF_S) != hl_attr(HLF_SNC) | |
| 9860 || !is_curwin || firstwin == lastwin) | |
| 9861 || (fill_stl != fill_stlnc))) | |
| 9862 return fill; | |
| 9863 if (is_curwin) | |
| 9864 return '^'; | |
| 9865 return '='; | |
| 9866 } | |
| 9867 #endif | |
| 9868 | |
| 9869 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9870 /* | |
| 9871 * Get the character to use in a separator between vertically split windows. | |
| 9872 * Get its attributes in "*attr". | |
| 9873 */ | |
| 9874 static int | |
| 9875 fillchar_vsep(attr) | |
| 9876 int *attr; | |
| 9877 { | |
| 9878 *attr = hl_attr(HLF_C); | |
| 9879 if (*attr == 0 && fill_vert == ' ') | |
| 9880 return '|'; | |
| 9881 else | |
| 9882 return fill_vert; | |
| 9883 } | |
| 9884 #endif | |
| 9885 | |
| 9886 /* | |
| 9887 * Return TRUE if redrawing should currently be done. | |
| 9888 */ | |
| 9889 int | |
| 9890 redrawing() | |
| 9891 { | |
| 9892 return (!RedrawingDisabled | |
| 9893 && !(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped && !do_redraw)); | |
| 9894 } | |
| 9895 | |
| 9896 /* | |
| 9897 * Return TRUE if printing messages should currently be done. | |
| 9898 */ | |
| 9899 int | |
| 9900 messaging() | |
| 9901 { | |
| 9902 return (!(p_lz && char_avail() && !KeyTyped)); | |
| 9903 } | |
| 9904 | |
| 9905 /* | |
| 9906 * Show current status info in ruler and various other places | |
| 9907 * If always is FALSE, only show ruler if position has changed. | |
| 9908 */ | |
| 9909 void | |
| 9910 showruler(always) | |
| 9911 int always; | |
| 9912 { | |
| 9913 if (!always && !redrawing()) | |
| 9914 return; | |
| 574 | 9915 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND |
| 9916 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 9917 { | |
| 639 | 9918 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 574 | 9919 /* Don't redraw right now, do it later. */ |
| 9920 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; | |
| 639 | 9921 # endif |
| 574 | 9922 return; |
| 9923 } | |
| 9924 #endif | |
| 7 | 9925 #if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) |
| 40 | 9926 if ((*p_stl != NUL || *curwin->w_p_stl != NUL) && curwin->w_status_height) |
| 680 | 9927 { |
| 1983 | 9928 redraw_custom_statusline(curwin); |
| 680 | 9929 } |
| 7 | 9930 else |
| 9931 #endif | |
| 9932 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9933 win_redr_ruler(curwin, always); | |
| 9934 #endif | |
| 9935 | |
| 9936 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 9937 if (need_maketitle | |
| 9938 # ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 9939 || (p_icon && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_ICON)) | |
| 9940 || (p_title && (stl_syntax & STL_IN_TITLE)) | |
| 9941 # endif | |
| 9942 ) | |
| 9943 maketitle(); | |
| 9944 #endif | |
| 1588 | 9945 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS |
| 9946 /* Redraw the tab pages line if needed. */ | |
| 9947 if (redraw_tabline) | |
| 9948 draw_tabline(); | |
| 9949 #endif | |
| 7 | 9950 } |
| 9951 | |
| 9952 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO | |
| 9953 static void | |
| 9954 win_redr_ruler(wp, always) | |
| 9955 win_T *wp; | |
| 9956 int always; | |
| 9957 { | |
| 1869 | 9958 #define RULER_BUF_LEN 70 |
| 9959 char_u buffer[RULER_BUF_LEN]; | |
| 7 | 9960 int row; |
| 9961 int fillchar; | |
| 9962 int attr; | |
| 9963 int empty_line = FALSE; | |
| 9964 colnr_T virtcol; | |
| 9965 int i; | |
| 1869 | 9966 size_t len; |
| 7 | 9967 int o; |
| 9968 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 9969 int this_ru_col; | |
| 9970 int off = 0; | |
| 9971 int width = Columns; | |
| 9972 # define WITH_OFF(x) x | |
| 9973 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) x | |
| 9974 #else | |
| 9975 # define WITH_OFF(x) 0 | |
| 9976 # define WITH_WIDTH(x) Columns | |
| 9977 # define this_ru_col ru_col | |
| 9978 #endif | |
| 9979 | |
| 9980 /* If 'ruler' off or redrawing disabled, don't do anything */ | |
| 9981 if (!p_ru) | |
| 9982 return; | |
| 9983 | |
| 9984 /* | |
| 9985 * Check if cursor.lnum is valid, since win_redr_ruler() may be called | |
| 9986 * after deleting lines, before cursor.lnum is corrected. | |
| 9987 */ | |
| 9988 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count) | |
| 9989 return; | |
| 9990 | |
| 9991 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND | |
| 9992 /* Don't draw the ruler while doing insert-completion, it might overwrite | |
| 9993 * the (long) mode message. */ | |
| 9994 # ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 9995 if (wp == lastwin && lastwin->w_status_height == 0) | |
| 9996 # endif | |
| 9997 if (edit_submode != NULL) | |
| 9998 return; | |
| 540 | 9999 /* Don't draw the ruler when the popup menu is visible, it may overlap. */ |
| 10000 if (pum_visible()) | |
| 10001 return; | |
| 7 | 10002 #endif |
| 10003 | |
| 10004 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT | |
| 10005 if (*p_ruf) | |
| 10006 { | |
| 680 | 10007 int save_called_emsg = called_emsg; |
| 10008 | |
| 10009 called_emsg = FALSE; | |
| 7 | 10010 win_redr_custom(wp, TRUE); |
| 680 | 10011 if (called_emsg) |
| 10012 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"rulerformat", -1, | |
| 694 | 10013 (char_u *)"", OPT_FREE, SID_ERROR); |
| 680 | 10014 called_emsg |= save_called_emsg; |
| 7 | 10015 return; |
| 10016 } | |
| 10017 #endif | |
| 10018 | |
| 10019 /* | |
| 10020 * Check if not in Insert mode and the line is empty (will show "0-1"). | |
| 10021 */ | |
| 10022 if (!(State & INSERT) | |
| 10023 && *ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, wp->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE) == NUL) | |
| 10024 empty_line = TRUE; | |
| 10025 | |
| 10026 /* | |
| 10027 * Only draw the ruler when something changed. | |
| 10028 */ | |
| 10029 validate_virtcol_win(wp); | |
| 10030 if ( redraw_cmdline | |
| 10031 || always | |
| 10032 || wp->w_cursor.lnum != wp->w_ru_cursor.lnum | |
| 10033 || wp->w_cursor.col != wp->w_ru_cursor.col | |
| 10034 || wp->w_virtcol != wp->w_ru_virtcol | |
| 10035 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT | |
| 10036 || wp->w_cursor.coladd != wp->w_ru_cursor.coladd | |
| 10037 #endif | |
| 10038 || wp->w_topline != wp->w_ru_topline | |
| 10039 || wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count != wp->w_ru_line_count | |
| 10040 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10041 || wp->w_topfill != wp->w_ru_topfill | |
| 10042 #endif | |
| 10043 || empty_line != wp->w_ru_empty) | |
| 10044 { | |
| 10045 cursor_off(); | |
| 10046 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10047 if (wp->w_status_height) | |
| 10048 { | |
| 10049 row = W_WINROW(wp) + wp->w_height; | |
| 10050 fillchar = fillchar_status(&attr, wp == curwin); | |
| 10051 # ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10052 off = W_WINCOL(wp); | |
| 10053 width = W_WIDTH(wp); | |
| 10054 # endif | |
| 10055 } | |
| 10056 else | |
| 10057 #endif | |
| 10058 { | |
| 10059 row = Rows - 1; | |
| 10060 fillchar = ' '; | |
| 10061 attr = 0; | |
| 10062 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10063 width = Columns; | |
| 10064 off = 0; | |
| 10065 #endif | |
| 10066 } | |
| 10067 | |
| 10068 /* In list mode virtcol needs to be recomputed */ | |
| 10069 virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10070 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_tab1 == NUL) | |
| 10071 { | |
| 10072 wp->w_p_list = FALSE; | |
| 10073 getvvcol(wp, &wp->w_cursor, NULL, &virtcol, NULL); | |
| 10074 wp->w_p_list = TRUE; | |
| 10075 } | |
| 10076 | |
| 10077 /* | |
| 10078 * Some sprintfs return the length, some return a pointer. | |
| 10079 * To avoid portability problems we use strlen() here. | |
| 10080 */ | |
| 1869 | 10081 vim_snprintf((char *)buffer, RULER_BUF_LEN, "%ld,", |
| 7 | 10082 (wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) |
| 10083 ? 0L | |
| 10084 : (long)(wp->w_cursor.lnum)); | |
| 1869 | 10085 len = STRLEN(buffer); |
| 10086 col_print(buffer + len, RULER_BUF_LEN - len, | |
| 7 | 10087 empty_line ? 0 : (int)wp->w_cursor.col + 1, |
| 10088 (int)virtcol + 1); | |
| 10089 | |
| 10090 /* | |
| 10091 * Add a "50%" if there is room for it. | |
| 10092 * On the last line, don't print in the last column (scrolls the | |
| 10093 * screen up on some terminals). | |
| 10094 */ | |
| 10095 i = (int)STRLEN(buffer); | |
| 1869 | 10096 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i + 1, RULER_BUF_LEN - i - 1); |
| 7 | 10097 o = i + vim_strsize(buffer + i + 1); |
| 10098 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS | |
| 10099 if (wp->w_status_height == 0) /* can't use last char of screen */ | |
| 10100 #endif | |
| 10101 ++o; | |
| 10102 #ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT | |
| 10103 this_ru_col = ru_col - (Columns - width); | |
| 10104 if (this_ru_col < 0) | |
| 10105 this_ru_col = 0; | |
| 10106 #endif | |
| 10107 /* Never use more than half the window/screen width, leave the other | |
| 10108 * half for the filename. */ | |
| 10109 if (this_ru_col < (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2) | |
| 10110 this_ru_col = (WITH_WIDTH(width) + 1) / 2; | |
| 10111 if (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10112 { | |
| 10113 while (this_ru_col + o < WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10114 { | |
| 10115 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10116 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10117 i += (*mb_char2bytes)(fillchar, buffer + i); | |
| 10118 else | |
| 10119 #endif | |
| 10120 buffer[i++] = fillchar; | |
| 10121 ++o; | |
| 10122 } | |
| 1869 | 10123 get_rel_pos(wp, buffer + i, RULER_BUF_LEN - i); |
| 7 | 10124 } |
| 10125 /* Truncate at window boundary. */ | |
| 10126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE | |
| 10127 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 10128 { | |
| 10129 o = 0; | |
| 474 | 10130 for (i = 0; buffer[i] != NUL; i += (*mb_ptr2len)(buffer + i)) |
| 7 | 10131 { |
| 10132 o += (*mb_ptr2cells)(buffer + i); | |
| 10133 if (this_ru_col + o > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10134 { | |
| 10135 buffer[i] = NUL; | |
| 10136 break; | |
| 10137 } | |
| 10138 } | |
| 10139 } | |
| 10140 else | |
| 10141 #endif | |
| 10142 if (this_ru_col + (int)STRLEN(buffer) > WITH_WIDTH(width)) | |
| 10143 buffer[WITH_WIDTH(width) - this_ru_col] = NUL; | |
| 10144 | |
| 10145 screen_puts(buffer, row, this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off), attr); | |
| 10146 i = redraw_cmdline; | |
| 10147 screen_fill(row, row + 1, | |
| 10148 this_ru_col + WITH_OFF(off) + (int)STRLEN(buffer), | |
| 10149 (int)(WITH_OFF(off) + WITH_WIDTH(width)), | |
| 10150 fillchar, fillchar, attr); | |
| 10151 /* don't redraw the cmdline because of showing the ruler */ | |
| 10152 redraw_cmdline = i; | |
| 10153 wp->w_ru_cursor = wp->w_cursor; | |
| 10154 wp->w_ru_virtcol = wp->w_virtcol; | |
| 10155 wp->w_ru_empty = empty_line; | |
| 10156 wp->w_ru_topline = wp->w_topline; | |
| 10157 wp->w_ru_line_count = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; | |
| 10158 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF | |
| 10159 wp->w_ru_topfill = wp->w_topfill; | |
| 10160 #endif | |
| 10161 } | |
| 10162 } | |
| 10163 #endif | |
| 13 | 10164 |
| 10165 #if defined(FEAT_LINEBREAK) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 10166 /* | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10167 * Return the width of the 'number' and 'relativenumber' column. |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10168 * Caller may need to check if 'number' or 'relativenumber' is set. |
| 13 | 10169 * Otherwise it depends on 'numberwidth' and the line count. |
| 10170 */ | |
| 10171 int | |
| 10172 number_width(wp) | |
| 10173 win_T *wp; | |
| 10174 { | |
| 10175 int n; | |
| 10176 linenr_T lnum; | |
| 10177 | |
|
2178
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10178 if (wp->w_p_nu) |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10179 /* 'number' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10180 lnum = wp->w_buffer->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10181 else |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10182 /* 'relativenumber' */ |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10183 lnum = wp->w_height; |
|
c6f1aa1e9f32
Add 'relativenumber' patch from Markus Heidelberg.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2124
diff
changeset
|
10184 |
| 13 | 10185 if (lnum == wp->w_nrwidth_line_count) |
| 10186 return wp->w_nrwidth_width; | |
| 10187 wp->w_nrwidth_line_count = lnum; | |
| 10188 | |
| 10189 n = 0; | |
| 10190 do | |
| 10191 { | |
| 856 | 10192 lnum /= 10; |
| 10193 ++n; | |
| 13 | 10194 } while (lnum > 0); |
| 10195 | |
| 10196 /* 'numberwidth' gives the minimal width plus one */ | |
| 10197 if (n < wp->w_p_nuw - 1) | |
| 10198 n = wp->w_p_nuw - 1; | |
| 10199 | |
| 10200 wp->w_nrwidth_width = n; | |
| 10201 return n; | |
| 10202 } | |
| 10203 #endif |